]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/loaddefs.el
(command-line): Set abbrevs-changed to nil after
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / loaddefs.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15192 12238))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
30
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
33
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
36
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
39
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
42 mutating the result." t nil)
43
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
46
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
51
52 ;;;***
53 \f
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
55 ;;;;;; (15192 12240))
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
57
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
61 extensions.
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
63 name" nil nil)
64
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
67
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
69
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
72
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
75
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
78
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
80
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
83
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
86
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
92
93 If you use imenu.el:
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
95
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
102
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil)
107
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
111 ;;;;;; (15192 12240))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
113
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
116
117 ;;;***
118 \f
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
120 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
121 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
122 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15320 20918))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
132
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
135
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
138
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
143
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
147
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name.
150 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil)
151
152 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
153 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
154 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
155 name and site.
156
157 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
158 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
159
160 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
161
162 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
163 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
164 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
165
166 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
167 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
168 the same person.
169
170 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
171 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
172 notices.
173
174 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
175 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
176
177 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
178 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
179 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
180 the change log file in another window." t nil)
181 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
182
183 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
184 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
185 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
186 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
187 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
188 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
189
190 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
191 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
192
193 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
194 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
195
196 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
197 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
198
199 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
200 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
201
202 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
203 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
204
205 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
206 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
207 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
208 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
209 `add-log-current-defun-function'
210
211 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
212
213 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
214 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
215 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
216 the appropriate motion commands).
217
218 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
219 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil)
220
221 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
222 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil)
223
224 ;;;***
225 \f
226 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
227 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15185
228 ;;;;;; 36002))
229 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
230
231 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
232 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
233 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
234 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
235 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
236 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
237 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
238 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
239 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
240 interpreted as `error'.")
241
242 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
243 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
244 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
245 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
246 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
247 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
248 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
249 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
250
251 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
252 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
253 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
254 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
255 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
256 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
257 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
258 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
259 will be overwritten with the new one.
260 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
261 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
262 will clear the cache." nil nil)
263
264 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
265 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
266 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
267
268 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
269 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
270 BODY... )
271
272 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
273 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
274 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
275 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
276 see also `ad-add-advice'.
277 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
278 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
279 before/around/after-advices will be used.
280 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
281 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
282 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
283 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
284 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
285 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
286
287 Semantics of the various flags:
288 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
289 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
290 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
291
292 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
293 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
294
295 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
296 advised function should be compiled.
297
298 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
299 during activation until somebody enables it.
300
301 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
302 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
303 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
304 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
305
306 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
307 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
308 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
309 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
310 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
311 during preloading.
312
313 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
314
315 ;;;***
316 \f
317 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
318 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
319 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15192 12206))
320 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
321
322 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
323 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
324 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
325 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
326 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
327 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
328 rule's `separate' attribute).
329
330 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
331 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
332 `separate' attribute set.
333
334 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
335 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
336 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
337 on the format of these lists." t nil)
338
339 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
340 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
341 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
342 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
343 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
344 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
345 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
346 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
347 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
348 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
349 options.
350
351 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
352 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
353
354 Fred (123) 456-7890
355 Alice (123) 456-7890
356 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
357 Joe (123) 456-7890
358
359 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
360 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
361 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
362
363 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
364 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
365 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
366 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
367 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
368 align that section." t nil)
369
370 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
371 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
372 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
373 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
374 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
375 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
376 been used to align that section." t nil)
377
378 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
379 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
380 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
381 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
382 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
383 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
384 to be colored." t nil)
385
386 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
387 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
388
389 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
390 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil)
391
392 ;;;***
393 \f
394 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
395 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (15306 37169))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
397 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
398
399 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
400 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
401 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
402 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
403 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
404 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
405
406 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
407
408 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
409
410 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
411
412 ;;;***
413 \f
414 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
415 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15223 37897))
416 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
417
418 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
419 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
420 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
421 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
422 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
423 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
424 in the current window." nil nil)
425
426 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
427 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
428 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines." nil nil)
429
430 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
431 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer." t nil)
432
433 ;;;***
434 \f
435 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
436 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (14969 37995))
437 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
438
439 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
440 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil)
441
442 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
443 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
444
445 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
446 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
447 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
448 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
449
450 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
451 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
452
453 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil)
454
455 ;;;***
456 \f
457 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
458 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15242 17023))
459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
460
461 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
462 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
463 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
464 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
465 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
466 \\[yank].
467
468 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
469 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
470 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
471 the rules.
472
473 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
474 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
475 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
476 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil)
477
478 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
479 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
480 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
481
482 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
483 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
484 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
485
486 ;;;***
487 \f
488 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
489 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
490 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
491 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15192 12220))
492 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
493
494 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
495 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
496 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
497 as the first thing on a line.")
498
499 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
500 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
501
502 (defvar appt-audible t "\
503 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
504
505 (defvar appt-visible t "\
506 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
507
508 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
509 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
510
511 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
512 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
513
514 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
515 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
516
517 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
518 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
519 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
520
521 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
522 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
523 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
524
525 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
526 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
527
528 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
529 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
530 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
531 put in the appointments list.
532 02/23/89
533 12:00pm lunch
534 Wednesday
535 10:00am group meeting
536 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
537 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
538 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
539
540 ;;;***
541 \f
542 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
543 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (15299
544 ;;;;;; 18676))
545 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
546
547 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
548 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
549
550 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
551
552 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
553 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
554 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
555 normal variables." t nil)
556
557 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
558
559 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
560 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
561 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
562 noninteractive functions.
563
564 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
565 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
566
567 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
568 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
569 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
570 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
571 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
572
573 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
574 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
575 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
576 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
577 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
578
579 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
580 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
581 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
582 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
583 bindings.
584 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
585
586 ;;;***
587 \f
588 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (15260
589 ;;;;;; 30413))
590 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
591
592 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
593 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
594 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
595 Letters no longer insert themselves.
596 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
597 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
598
599 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
600 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
601 archive.
602
603 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
604
605 ;;;***
606 \f
607 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15192 12207))
608 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
609
610 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
611 Major mode for editing arrays.
612
613 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
614 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
615 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
616
617 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
618
619 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
620 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
621 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
622
623 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
624 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
625 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
626 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
627 The variables are:
628
629 Variables you assign:
630 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
631 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
632 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
633 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
634 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
635 row numbers in the buffer.
636
637 Variables which are calculated:
638 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
639 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
640
641 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
642 take a numeric prefix argument):
643
644 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
645 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
646 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
647 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
648
649 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
650 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
651 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
652 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
653
654 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
655 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
656 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
657 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
658
659 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
660 between that of point and mark.
661
662 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
663 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
664
665 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
666 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
667 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
668 newlines inside rows)
669
670 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
671
672 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
673
674 ;;;***
675 \f
676 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15192
677 ;;;;;; 12246))
678 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
679
680 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
681 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
682 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
683 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
684
685 How to quit artist mode
686
687 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
688
689
690 How to submit a bug report
691
692 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
693
694
695 Drawing with the mouse:
696
697 mouse-2
698 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
699 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
700 below).
701
702 mouse-1
703 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
704 or pastes:
705
706 Operation Not shifted Shifted
707 --------------------------------------------------------------
708 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
709 to new point
710 --------------------------------------------------------------
711 Line Line in any direction Straight line
712 --------------------------------------------------------------
713 Rectangle Rectangle Square
714 --------------------------------------------------------------
715 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
716 --------------------------------------------------------------
717 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
718 --------------------------------------------------------------
719 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
720 --------------------------------------------------------------
721 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
722 --------------------------------------------------------------
723 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
724 --------------------------------------------------------------
725 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
726 lines
727 --------------------------------------------------------------
728 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
729 --------------------------------------------------------------
730 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
731 --------------------------------------------------------------
732 Paste Paste Paste
733 --------------------------------------------------------------
734 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
735 --------------------------------------------------------------
736
737 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
738 or diagonally.
739
740 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
741 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
742 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
743 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
744 poly-lines.
745
746 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
747 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
748 overwrite means the opposite.
749
750 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
751 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
752 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
753
754 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
755
756 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
757 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
758
759 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
760 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
761 are currently drawing something.
762
763 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
764 some time to fill.
765
766
767 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
768 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
769
770
771 Settings
772
773 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
774
775 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
776
777 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
778
779 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
780
781 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
782 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
783
784 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
785
786
787 Drawing with keys
788
789 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
790 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
791 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
792 When erase characters: toggles erasing
793 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
794 When pasting: Pastes
795
796 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
797
798 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
799
800 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
801 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
802 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
803 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
804 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
805 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
806
807
808 Arrows
809
810 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
811 of the line/poly-line
812
813 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
814 of the line/poly-line
815
816
817 Selecting operation
818
819 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
820
821 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
822 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
823 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
824 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
825 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
826 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
827 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
828 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
829 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
830 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
831 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
832 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
833 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
834 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
835 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
836 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
837 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
838 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
839 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
840 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
841
842
843 Variables
844
845 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
846 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
847
848 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
849 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
850 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
851 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
852 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
853 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
854 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
855 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
856 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
857 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
858 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
859 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
860 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
861 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
862 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
863 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
864 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
865 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
866 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
867
868 Hooks
869
870 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
871 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
872
873
874 Keymap summary
875
876 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil)
877
878 ;;;***
879 \f
880 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14804
881 ;;;;;; 36495))
882 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
883
884 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
885 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
886 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
887
888 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
889 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
890 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
891 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
892
893 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
894 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
895
896 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
897 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
898
899 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
900
901 Special commands:
902 \\{asm-mode-map}
903 " t nil)
904
905 ;;;***
906 \f
907 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
908 ;;;;;; (15192 12237))
909 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
910
911 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
912 Obsolete.")
913
914 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
915 This command is obsolete." t nil)
916
917 ;;;***
918 \f
919 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
920 ;;;;;; (14777 22131))
921 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
922
923 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
924 Toggle Autoarg mode on or off.
925 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
926 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
927 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
928
929 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable))
930
931 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg))
932
933 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
934 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
935 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
936 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
937 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
938 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
939 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
940 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
941 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
942 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
943
944 For example:
945 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
946 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
947 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
948 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
949 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
950
951 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
952
953 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
954 Toggle Autoarg-Kp mode on or off.
955 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
956 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
957 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
958
959 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp) (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
960
961 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote autoarg))
962
963 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
964 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
965 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
966 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
967 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
968 &c to supply digit arguments.
969
970 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil)
971
972 ;;;***
973 \f
974 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
975 ;;;;;; (15192 12240))
976 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
977
978 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
979 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
980
981 ;;;***
982 \f
983 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
984 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14900 37239))
985 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
986
987 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
988 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
989 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
990
991 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
992 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
993 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
994 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
995
996 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
997 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
998 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
999 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1000 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1001
1002 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1003
1004 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert))
1005
1006 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1007 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1008 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1009 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1010
1011 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1012 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
1013
1014 ;;;***
1015 \f
1016 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
1017 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1018 ;;;;;; (15301 19232))
1019 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1020
1021 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1022 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1023 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1024 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it." t nil)
1025
1026 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
1027 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1028 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
1029
1030 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1031 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1032 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
1033
1034 ;;;***
1035 \f
1036 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1037 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
1038 ;;;;;; (15192 12207))
1039 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1040
1041 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1042 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1043
1044 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
1045 instead.")
1046
1047 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1048 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
1049
1050 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
1051 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1052
1053 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1054
1055 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
1056
1057 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1058 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1059
1060 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1061 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1062 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
1063
1064 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1065 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1066
1067 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1068 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
1069
1070 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1071 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1072
1073 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1074 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1075 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
1076
1077 ;;;***
1078 \f
1079 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1080 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15198 49176))
1081 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1082
1083 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1084 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1085 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1086 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1087 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1088
1089 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1090
1091 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
1092
1093 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1094 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1095 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1096 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1097
1098 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1099 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1100 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1101
1102 Effects of the different modes:
1103 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1104 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1105 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1106 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1107 a random distance & direction.
1108 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1109 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1110 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1111
1112 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1113
1114 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1115 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1116 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
1117
1118 ;;;***
1119 \f
1120 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (15306
1121 ;;;;;; 37170))
1122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1123
1124 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
1125 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1126 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1127 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1128 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1129
1130 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil)
1131
1132 ;;;***
1133 \f
1134 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1135 ;;;;;; (15252 33904))
1136 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1137
1138 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1139 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1140
1141 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1142 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1143
1144 For example:
1145
1146 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1147 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1148 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1149 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1150
1151 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
1152
1153 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1154
1155 ;;;***
1156 \f
1157 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1158 ;;;;;; (15223 37886))
1159 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1160
1161 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1162 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1163 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1164 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
1165
1166 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1167 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1168 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1169 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1170 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1171 seconds." t nil)
1172
1173 ;;;***
1174 \f
1175 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (15054
1176 ;;;;;; 33529))
1177 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1178
1179 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1180 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1181
1182 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1183 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1184 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1185 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
1186 message.
1187
1188
1189 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1190
1191 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1192 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1193 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1194 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1195 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1196
1197 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1198 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1199 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1200 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1201 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1202 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1203
1204 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1205 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1206 BibTeX mode.
1207
1208
1209 Special information:
1210
1211 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1212
1213 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1214 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1215 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1216 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1217 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1218 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1219 current field.
1220 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1221 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1222
1223 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1224 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1225 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1226 bibtex-entry-format.
1227 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1228 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1229 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1230
1231 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1232 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1233
1234 The following may be of interest as well:
1235
1236 Functions:
1237 bibtex-entry
1238 bibtex-kill-entry
1239 bibtex-yank-pop
1240 bibtex-pop-previous
1241 bibtex-pop-next
1242 bibtex-complete-string
1243 bibtex-complete-key
1244 bibtex-print-help-message
1245 bibtex-generate-autokey
1246 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1247 bibtex-end-of-entry
1248 bibtex-reposition-window
1249 bibtex-mark-entry
1250 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1251 bibtex-ispell-entry
1252 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1253 bibtex-sort-buffer
1254 bibtex-validate
1255 bibtex-count
1256 bibtex-fill-entry
1257 bibtex-reformat
1258 bibtex-convert-alien
1259
1260 Variables:
1261 bibtex-field-delimiters
1262 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1263 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1264 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1265 bibtex-entry-format
1266 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1267 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1268 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1269 bibtex-predefined-strings
1270 bibtex-string-files
1271
1272 ---------------------------------------------------------
1273 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1274 non-nil.
1275
1276 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
1277
1278 ;;;***
1279 \f
1280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15192 12228))
1281 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1282
1283 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1284
1285 ;;;***
1286 \f
1287 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
1288 ;;;;;; 27947))
1289 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1290
1291 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1292 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
1293 the default is 4.
1294
1295 What is blackbox?
1296
1297 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1298 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1299 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1300 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1301 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1302 your score.
1303
1304 Overview of play:
1305
1306 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1307 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1308 four.
1309
1310 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1311 movement keys.
1312
1313 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1314 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1315
1316 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1317 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1318
1319 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1320 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1321 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1322 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1323 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1324 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1325
1326 Details:
1327
1328 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1329
1330 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1331 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1332 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1333 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1334
1335 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1336 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1337 denoted by the letter `R'.
1338
1339 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1340 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1341 denoted by the letter `H'.
1342
1343 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1344 example.
1345
1346 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1347 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1348 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1349 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1350 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1351 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1352 ray.
1353
1354 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1355 degree deflection it causes.
1356
1357 1
1358 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1359 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1360 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1361 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1362 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1363 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1364 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1365 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1366 2 3
1367
1368 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1369 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1370
1371
1372 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1373 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1374 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1375 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1376 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1377 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1378 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1379 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1380
1381 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1382 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1383 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1384 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1385 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1386 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1387 emerging from the box.
1388
1389 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1390
1391 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1392 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1393 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1394 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1395 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1396 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1397 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1398 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1399
1400 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1401 a reflection." t nil)
1402
1403 ;;;***
1404 \f
1405 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1406 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1407 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1408 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1409 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1410 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15296 35571))
1411 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1412 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1413 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1414 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1415
1416 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1417 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1418 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1419 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1420 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1421 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1422
1423 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1424
1425 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1426
1427 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1428
1429 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1430
1431 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1432
1433 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1434
1435 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1436
1437 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1438
1439 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1440
1441 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1442
1443 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1444
1445 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1446
1447 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1448
1449 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1450 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1451 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1452 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1453 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1454 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1455 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1456 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1457 recent one.
1458
1459 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1460 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1461 yank successive words.
1462
1463 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1464 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1465 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1466 name of the file being visited.
1467
1468 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1469 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1470 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1471
1472 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1473 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1474 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1475 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1476 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1477 this.
1478
1479 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1480 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1481 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1482 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1483
1484 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1485 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1486 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1487 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1488 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1489
1490 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1491 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1492 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1493 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1494
1495 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1496
1497 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1498 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1499 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1500 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1501
1502 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1503 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1504 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1505
1506 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1507 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1508 name." t nil)
1509
1510 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1511 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1512 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1513 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1514 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1515 this." t nil)
1516
1517 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1518 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1519 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1520 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1521 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1522 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1523 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1524 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1525
1526 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1527 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1528 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1529
1530 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1531 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1532 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1533 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1534 \(second argument).
1535
1536 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1537 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1538 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1539 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1540 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1541
1542 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1543 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1544 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1545 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1546
1547 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1548 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1549 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1550 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1551 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1552 while loading.
1553
1554 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1555 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1556 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1557 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1558 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1559 explicitly.
1560
1561 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1562 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1563 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1564 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1565
1566 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1567 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1568 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1569 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1570 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1571
1572 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1573
1574 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1575
1576 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1577 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1578 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1579 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1580 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1581 this.
1582
1583 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1584 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1585 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1586
1587 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1588 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1589 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1590 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1591 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1592 this.
1593
1594 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1595 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1596 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1597
1598 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1599 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1600 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1601
1602 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1603 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1604 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1605
1606 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1607 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1608 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1609 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1610 prompts for NEWNAME.
1611 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1612 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1613 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1614
1615 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1616 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1617 name.
1618
1619 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1620 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1621 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1622
1623 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1624 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1625 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1626 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1627 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1628 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1629
1630 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1631 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1632 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1633
1634 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1635
1636 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1637
1638 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1639
1640 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1641
1642 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1643
1644 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1645
1646 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1647
1648 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1649
1650 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1651
1652 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1653
1654 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1655
1656 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1657
1658 ;;;***
1659 \f
1660 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1661 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1662 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1663 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1664 ;;;;;; browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1665 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1666 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1667 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-flag
1668 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
1669 ;;;;;; (15192 12237))
1670 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1671
1672 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1673 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1674 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1675 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1676
1677 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1678 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1679 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1680 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1681 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1682
1683 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\
1684 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1685 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1686 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1687 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1688
1689 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1690 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1691
1692 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1693 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1694 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1695
1696 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1697 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1698
1699 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1700 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1701 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1702 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1703 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1704 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1705
1706 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1707 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1708 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1709 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1710 narrowed." t nil)
1711
1712 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1713 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1714
1715 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1716 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1717
1718 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1719 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1720 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1721 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1722
1723 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1724 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1725 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1726 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1727
1728 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1729 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1730 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1731 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1732 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1733 to use." t nil)
1734
1735 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1736 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1737 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1738 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1739
1740 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1741 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1742 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1743 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1744
1745 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1746 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1747
1748 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1749 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1750 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1751 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1752
1753 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1754 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1755 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1756 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1757
1758 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1759 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1760
1761 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1762 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1763
1764 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1765 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1766 program is invoked according to the variable
1767 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1768
1769 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1770 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1771 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1772 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1773
1774 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1775 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1776
1777 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1778 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1779 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1780
1781 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1782 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1783 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1784 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1785
1786 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1787 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1788 Default to the URL around or before point.
1789
1790 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1791 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1792 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1793
1794 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1795 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1796 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1797 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1798
1799 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1800 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1801
1802 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1803 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1804 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1805
1806 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1807 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1808 Default to the URL around or before point.
1809
1810 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1811 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1812 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1813
1814 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1815 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1816
1817 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1818 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1819 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1820 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1821
1822 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1823 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1824 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1825 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1826 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1827
1828 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1829 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1830 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1831 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1832
1833 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1834 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1835 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1836 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1837
1838 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1839 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1840
1841 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1842 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1843 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1844
1845 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1846 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1847 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1848 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1849 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1850 current one.
1851
1852 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1853 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1854 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1855 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1856
1857 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1858 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1859
1860 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1861 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1862 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1863 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1864 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1865 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1866
1867 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
1868 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
1869 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1870
1871 ;;;***
1872 \f
1873 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1874 ;;;;;; 42538))
1875 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1876
1877 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1878 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1879
1880 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1881 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1882
1883 ;;;***
1884 \f
1885 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1886 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15297 22172))
1887 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1888
1889 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1890 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1891 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1892 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1893
1894 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1895 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1896 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1897 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1898
1899 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1900 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1901
1902 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1903 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1904 \\<bs-mode-map>
1905 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1906 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1907 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1908 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1909
1910 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1911 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1912 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1913 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1914 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1915
1916 ;;;***
1917 \f
1918 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
1919 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15306
1920 ;;;;;; 37162))
1921 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
1922
1923 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
1924 Keymap used by buttons.")
1925
1926 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
1927 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
1928 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
1929
1930 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
1931 Define a `button type' called NAME.
1932 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1933 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
1934 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
1935 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
1936
1937 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
1938 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
1939 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
1940 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes)." nil nil)
1941
1942 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
1943 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
1944 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1945 specifying properties to add to the button.
1946 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
1947 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
1948 `define-button-type'.
1949
1950 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'." nil nil)
1951
1952 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
1953 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
1954 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1955 specifying properties to add to the button.
1956 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
1957 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
1958 `define-button-type'.
1959
1960 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'." nil nil)
1961
1962 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
1963 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
1964 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1965 specifying properties to add to the button.
1966 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
1967 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
1968 `define-button-type'.
1969
1970 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
1971 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
1972 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
1973 `make-text-button'.
1974
1975 Also see `insert-text-button'." nil nil)
1976
1977 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
1978 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
1979 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
1980 specifying properties to add to the button.
1981 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
1982 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
1983 `define-button-type'.
1984
1985 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
1986 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
1987 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
1988 `insert-text-button'.
1989
1990 Also see `make-text-button'." nil nil)
1991
1992 ;;;***
1993 \f
1994 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1995 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1996 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1997 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (15311 55090))
1998 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1999
2000 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2001 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2002 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
2003
2004 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2005 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2006 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2007 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2008
2009 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
2010 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
2011 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
2012 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
2013
2014 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
2015
2016 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2017 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
2018
2019 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2020 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2021 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2022 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2023 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
2024
2025 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2026 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2027 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2028 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
2029
2030 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2031 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2032 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
2033
2034 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2035 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2036 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2037 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2038 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2039 all functions called by those functions.
2040
2041 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2042 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2043 cons, etc.).
2044
2045 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2046 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2047 invoked interactively." t nil)
2048
2049 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2050 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2051 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2052 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2053 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2054 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
2055
2056 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2057 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2058 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2059 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
2060
2061 ;;;***
2062 \f
2063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15192 12220))
2064 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2065
2066 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2067
2068 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2069
2070 ;;;***
2071 \f
2072 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2073 ;;;;;; (15192 12220))
2074 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2075
2076 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2077 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2078 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2079 from the cursor position." t nil)
2080
2081 ;;;***
2082 \f
2083 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15302
2084 ;;;;;; 65117))
2085 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2086
2087 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2088 Run the Emacs calculator.
2089 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
2090
2091 ;;;***
2092 \f
2093 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2094 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2095 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2096 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2097 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2098 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2099 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2100 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2101 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2102 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2103 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2104 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2105 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2106 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2107 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2108 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2109 ;;;;;; (15302 40107))
2110 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2111
2112 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2113 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2114 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2115
2116 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2117 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2118 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2119 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2120 the screen.")
2121
2122 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2123 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2124 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2125 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2126 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2127
2128 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2129 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2130 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2131 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2132 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2133 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2134 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2135
2136 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2137 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2138 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2139 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2140 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2141
2142 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2143 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2144 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2145
2146 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2147 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2148 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2149
2150 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2151 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2152 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2153
2154 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2155 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2156 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2157 displayed.")
2158
2159 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2160 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2161 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2162
2163 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2164 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2165 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2166
2167 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2168
2169 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2170 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2171 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2172
2173 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2174 calendar.")
2175
2176 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2177 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2178 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2179
2180 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2181 calendar.")
2182
2183 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2184 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2185 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2186
2187 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2188 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2189 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2190 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2191 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2192
2193 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2194 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2195 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2196 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2197 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2198 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2199 a function is also provided for this:
2200 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2201
2202 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2203 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2204 date is not visible in the window.
2205
2206 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2207 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2208 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2209
2210 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2211 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2212
2213 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2214 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2215 date is visible in the window.
2216
2217 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2218 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2219 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2220
2221 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2222 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2223
2224 For example,
2225
2226 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2227
2228 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2229
2230 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2231 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2232
2233 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2234
2235 MONTH/DAY
2236 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2237 MONTHNAME DAY
2238 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2239 DAYNAME
2240
2241 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2242 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2243 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2244 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2245 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2246 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2247 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2248 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2249 respectively.
2250
2251 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2252 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2253 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2254
2255 DAY/MONTH
2256 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2257 DAY MONTHNAME
2258 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2259 DAYNAME
2260
2261 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2262 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2263
2264 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2265 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2266 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2267 window but will appear in a diary window.
2268
2269 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2270 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2271
2272 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2273 entries (in the default American style):
2274
2275 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2276 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2277 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2278 21: Payday
2279 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2280 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2281 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2282 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2283 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2284 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2285 &* 15 time cards due.
2286
2287 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2288 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2289 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2290 single diary entry
2291
2292 02/11/1989
2293 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2294 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2295 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2296 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2297 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2298 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2299
2300 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2301 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2302 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2303
2304 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2305
2306 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2307
2308 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2309 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2310 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2311 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2312 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2313 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2314 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2315 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2316 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2317
2318 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2319 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2320 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2321 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2322 for these functions for details.
2323
2324 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2325 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2326
2327 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2328 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2329
2330 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2331 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2332
2333 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2334 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2335
2336 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2337 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2338 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2339
2340 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2341 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2342 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2343
2344 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2345 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2346 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2347 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2348
2349 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2350 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2351 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2352 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2353
2354 DAY/MONTH
2355 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2356 DAY MONTHNAME
2357 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2358 DAYNAME
2359
2360 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2361 characters with or without a period.")
2362
2363 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2364 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2365 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2366
2367 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2368 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2369 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2370
2371 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2372 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2373 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2374
2375 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2376 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2377 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2378
2379 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2380 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2381 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2382 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2383 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2384 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2385
2386 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2387 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2388 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2389
2390 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2391 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2392 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2393 of the form
2394
2395 #include \"filename\"
2396
2397 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2398 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2399 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2400 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2401 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2402
2403 For example, you could use
2404
2405 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2406 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2407 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2408
2409 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2410 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2411 lexicographic order.")
2412
2413 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2414 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2415 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2416
2417 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2418 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2419 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2420 diary display.
2421
2422 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2423 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2424 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2425 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2426 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2427 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2428 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2429
2430 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2431 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2432 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2433 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2434 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2435 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2436 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2437 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2438
2439 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2440 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2441 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2442 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2443 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2444 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2445
2446 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2447 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2448
2449 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2450 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2451 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2452 of the form
2453 #include \"filename\"
2454 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2455 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2456 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2457 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2458 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2459
2460 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2461 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2462 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2463 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2464 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2465 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2466
2467 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2468 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2469 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2470 are holidays.")
2471
2472 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2473 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2474 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2475 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2476 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2477
2478 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2479
2480 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2481 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2482 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2483
2484 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2485
2486 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2487 *Oriental holidays.
2488 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2489
2490 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2491
2492 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2493 *Local holidays.
2494 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2495
2496 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2497
2498 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2499 *User defined holidays.
2500 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2501
2502 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2503
2504 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2505
2506 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2507
2508 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2509
2510 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2511
2512 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2513
2514 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2515
2516 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2517
2518 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2519
2520 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2521 *Jewish holidays.
2522 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2523
2524 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2525
2526 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2527 *Christian holidays.
2528 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2529
2530 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2531
2532 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2533 *Islamic holidays.
2534 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2535
2536 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2537
2538 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2539 *Sun-related holidays.
2540 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2541
2542 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2543
2544 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2545 The frame set up of the calendar.
2546 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2547 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2548 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2549 any other value the current frame is used.")
2550
2551 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2552 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2553 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2554
2555 ;;;***
2556 \f
2557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15192 12240))
2558 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2559
2560 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2561 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2562
2563 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2564 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2565
2566 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2567 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2568
2569 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2570 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2571
2572 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2573 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2574
2575 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2576 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2577
2578 ;;;***
2579 \f
2580 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2581 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2582 ;;;;;; (15122 26750))
2583 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2584
2585 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2586
2587 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2588 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2589 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2590 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2591 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2592 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2593
2594 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2595
2596 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2597 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2598 run first.
2599
2600 Key bindings:
2601 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2602
2603 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2604 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2605 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2606 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2607 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2608 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2609 message.
2610
2611 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2612
2613 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2614 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2615 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2616
2617 Key bindings:
2618 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2619
2620 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2621 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2622 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2623 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2624 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2625 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2626 message.
2627
2628 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2629
2630 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2631 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2632 is run first.
2633
2634 Key bindings:
2635 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2636
2637 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2638 Major mode for editing Java code.
2639 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2640 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2641 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2642 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2643 message.
2644
2645 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2646
2647 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2648 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2649 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2650 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2651 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2652
2653 Key bindings:
2654 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2655
2656 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2657 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2658 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2659 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2660 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2661 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2662 message.
2663
2664 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2665
2666 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2667 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2668 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2669
2670 Key bindings:
2671 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2672
2673 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2674 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2675 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2676 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2677 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2678 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2679 message.
2680
2681 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2682
2683 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2684 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2685 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2686
2687 Key bindings:
2688 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2689
2690 ;;;***
2691 \f
2692 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2693 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15192 12241))
2694 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2695
2696 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2697 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2698 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2699 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2700 for details of setting up styles.
2701
2702 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2703 style name.
2704
2705 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2706 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2707 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2708 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2709 will be reassigned.
2710
2711 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2712 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2713 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2714
2715 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2716 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2717 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2718 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2719
2720 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2721
2722 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2723 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2724 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2725
2726 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2727 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2728 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2729 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2730 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2731
2732 ;;;***
2733 \f
2734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15306 37170))
2735 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2736
2737 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2738 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2739 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2740 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2741 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2742
2743 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2744 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2745
2746 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2747 `infodock'.")
2748
2749 ;;;***
2750 \f
2751 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2752 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2753 ;;;;;; (15192 12231))
2754 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2755
2756 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2757 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers." nil nil)
2758
2759 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2760 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2761
2762 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2763 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2764
2765 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2766 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2767 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2768 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2769 execution.
2770
2771 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2772
2773 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2774 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2775
2776 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
2777 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2778 CCL_MAIN_CODE
2779 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
2780
2781 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2782 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2783 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2784 `write' commands.
2785
2786 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2787 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2788 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2789 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2790
2791 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2792 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2793 semantics.
2794
2795 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2796
2797 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2798
2799 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2800
2801 STATEMENT :=
2802 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2803 | TRANSLATE | END
2804
2805 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2806 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2807 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2808 | integer
2809
2810 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2811
2812 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
2813 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2814 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2815
2816 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2817 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
2818 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2819
2820 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2821 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2822
2823 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2824 BREAK := (break)
2825
2826 REPEAT :=
2827 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2828 (repeat)
2829 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2830 ;; (repeat))
2831 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2832 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2833 ;; (read REG)
2834 ;; (repeat))
2835 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2836 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
2837 ;; (read REG)
2838 ;; (repeat))
2839 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
2840
2841 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
2842 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
2843 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2844 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2845 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
2846 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2847 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2848 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
2849 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2850 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
2851 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
2852 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
2853 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
2854 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
2855 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
2856 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2857
2858 WRITE :=
2859 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
2860 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2861 ;; representation.
2862 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2863 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
2864 ;; (write r7))
2865 | (write EXPRESSION)
2866 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
2867 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2868 ;; representation.
2869 | (write integer)
2870 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
2871 ;; buffer.
2872 | (write string)
2873 ;; Same as: (write string)
2874 | string
2875 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
2876 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
2877 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
2878 ;; representation.
2879 | (write REG ARRAY)
2880 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
2881 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
2882 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
2883 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
2884 ;; is the second code point of the character.
2885 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2886
2887 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
2888 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
2889
2890 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
2891 END := (end)
2892
2893 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
2894 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
2895 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
2896
2897 ARG := REG | integer
2898
2899 OPERATOR :=
2900 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
2901 + | - | * | / | %
2902
2903 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
2904 | & | `|' | ^
2905
2906 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
2907 | << | >>
2908
2909 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
2910 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
2911 | <8
2912
2913 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
2914 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
2915 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
2916 | >8
2917
2918 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
2919 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
2920 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
2921 | //
2922
2923 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
2924 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
2925
2926 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
2927 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
2928 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
2929 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
2930 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
2931 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
2932 ;; second code point of CHAR.
2933 | de-sjis
2934
2935 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
2936 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
2937 ;; Shift-JIS code,
2938 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
2939 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
2940 ;; (r7 = LOW))
2941 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
2942 ;; byte of SJIS.
2943 | en-sjis
2944
2945 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
2946 ;; Same meaning as C code
2947 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
2948
2949 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
2950 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
2951 ;; (REG |= ARG))
2952 | <8=
2953
2954 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
2955 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
2956 ;; (REG >>= 8))
2957
2958 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
2959 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
2960 ;; (REG /= ARG))
2961 | //=
2962
2963 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
2964
2965
2966 TRANSLATE :=
2967 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2968 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2969 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
2970 MAP :=
2971 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
2972 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
2973 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
2974 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
2975 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
2976 MAP-ID := integer
2977 " nil (quote macro))
2978
2979 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2980 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2981 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2982 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2983 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2984 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2985
2986 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2987 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2988 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
2989
2990 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
2991
2992 ;;;***
2993 \f
2994 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2995 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2996 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2997 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2998 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2999 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3000 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3001 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3002 ;;;;;; (15319 49208))
3003 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3004
3005 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3006 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
3007 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
3008 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
3009
3010 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3011 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3012 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3013 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3014 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3015 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3016 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3017 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3018
3019 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3020 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3021 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3022 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3023 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3024 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3025 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3026 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
3027
3028 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3029 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3030 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3031 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3032 spacing are all verified." t nil)
3033
3034 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3035 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3036 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3037 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3038 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
3039
3040 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3041 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3042 Only documentation strings are checked.
3043 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3044 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3045 a separate buffer." t nil)
3046
3047 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3048 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3049 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3050 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3051 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
3052
3053 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3054 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3055 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3056 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3057 if there is one." t nil)
3058
3059 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3060 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3061 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3062 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3063 if there is one.
3064 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
3065
3066 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3067 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3068 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
3069
3070 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3071 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3072 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3073 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3074 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
3075
3076 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3077 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3078 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3079 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3080 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3081 space at the end of each line." t nil)
3082
3083 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3084 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3085 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3086 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
3087
3088 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3089 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3090 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3091 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
3092
3093 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3094 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3095 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3096 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
3097
3098 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3099 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3100 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3101 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
3102
3103 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3104 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3105 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3106 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
3107
3108 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3109 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3110 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3111 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
3112
3113 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3114 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3115 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3116 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
3117
3118 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3119 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3120 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3121 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
3122
3123 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3124 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3125 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3126 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
3127
3128 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3129 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3130 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3131
3132 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3133 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3134 checking of documentation strings.
3135
3136 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
3137
3138 ;;;***
3139 \f
3140 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3141 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (15192
3142 ;;;;;; 12234))
3143 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3144
3145 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3146 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3147 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3148
3149 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3150 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
3151
3152 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3153 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3154 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3155
3156 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3157 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
3158
3159 ;;;***
3160 \f
3161 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3162 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14884 48970))
3163 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3164
3165 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3166 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3167 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3168 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3169 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3170 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
3171
3172 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3173 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3174 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3175 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3176 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3177
3178 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
3179
3180 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3181 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3182 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3183 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3184 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3185
3186 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3187 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3188 \\{command-history-map}
3189
3190 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3191 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
3192
3193 ;;;***
3194 \f
3195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15297 22177))
3196 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3197
3198 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3199 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3200 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3201 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3202 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3203 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3204
3205 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3206 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3207
3208 ;;;***
3209 \f
3210 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3211 ;;;;;; (15226 33281))
3212 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3213
3214 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3215
3216 ;;;***
3217 \f
3218 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3219 ;;;;;; (15251 43415))
3220 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3221
3222 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3223 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3224 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3225 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3226
3227 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3228 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3229 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3230
3231 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3232 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3233
3234 ;;;***
3235 \f
3236 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15192
3237 ;;;;;; 12207))
3238 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3239
3240 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3241 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3242 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3243 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3244 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3245 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3246 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
3247 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3248
3249 ;;;***
3250 \f
3251 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3252 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3253 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15192 12231))
3254 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3255
3256 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3257 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3258 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3259 ASCII table.
3260
3261 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3262 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3263 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3264 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
3265
3266 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3267 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3268 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3269
3270 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3271 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3272 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3273
3274 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3275 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3276 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3277
3278 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3279 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3280
3281 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3282 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3283 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3284
3285 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3286 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
3287
3288 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3289 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3290
3291 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3292 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3293 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
3294
3295 ;;;***
3296 \f
3297 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3298 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3299 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3300 ;;;;;; (15309 60248))
3301 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3302
3303 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3304 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3305 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3306 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3307 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3308 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3309 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3310 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3311
3312 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3313
3314 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3315 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3316 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3317 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3318 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3319 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3320 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3321 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3322
3323 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3324
3325 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3326 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3327 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3328 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3329 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3330 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
3331
3332 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3333 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3334 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3335
3336 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3337
3338 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3339 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3340 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3341
3342 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3343
3344 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3345 Send COMMAND to current process.
3346 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3347 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3348
3349 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3350 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3351 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3352 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3353
3354 ;;;***
3355 \f
3356 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15192
3357 ;;;;;; 12207))
3358 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3359
3360 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3361 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3362 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3363 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3364
3365 This command pushes the mark in each window
3366 at the prior location of point in that window.
3367 If both windows display the same buffer,
3368 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3369 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3370
3371 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3372 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3373 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3374
3375 ;;;***
3376 \f
3377 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3378 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3379 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3380 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15320 3854))
3381 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3382
3383 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3384 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3385
3386 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3387 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3388
3389 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3390 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3391 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3392 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3393 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3394
3395 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3396 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3397 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3398 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3399 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3400
3401 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3402 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3403 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3404 describing how the process finished.")
3405
3406 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3407 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3408 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3409 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3410
3411 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3412 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3413 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3414
3415 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3416 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3417 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3418 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3419
3420 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3421 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3422 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3423 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3424
3425 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3426 and move to the source code that caused it.
3427
3428 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3429 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3430
3431 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3432 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3433 Then start the next one.
3434
3435 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3436 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3437 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3438
3439 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3440 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3441 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3442 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3443 where grep found matches.
3444
3445 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3446 easily repeat a grep command.
3447
3448 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3449 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3450 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3451 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3452
3453 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3454 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3455 Collect output in a buffer.
3456 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3457 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3458
3459 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3460 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3461
3462 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3463 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3464 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3465 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3466 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3467
3468 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3469
3470 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3471 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3472 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3473 See `compilation-mode'.
3474 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3475
3476 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3477 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3478 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3479 See `compilation-mode'.
3480 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3481
3482 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3483 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3484
3485 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3486 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3487
3488 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3489 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3490 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3491 and start at the first error.
3492
3493 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3494 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3495 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3496 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3497 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3498 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3499
3500 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3501 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3502 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3503
3504 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3505 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3506 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3507
3508 ;;;***
3509 \f
3510 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3511 ;;;;;; (15192 12207))
3512 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3513
3514 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3515 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
3516 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3517 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3518 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3519
3520 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3521
3522 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3523
3524 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3525 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3526 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3527
3528 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3529 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3530 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3531 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3532
3533 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3534 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3535 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3536 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3537
3538 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
3539 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3540 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
3541 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3542
3543 ;;;***
3544 \f
3545 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3546 ;;;;;; (15192 12207))
3547 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3548
3549 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3550 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3551
3552 ;;;***
3553 \f
3554 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3555 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3556 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3557 ;;;;;; (15192 12207))
3558 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3559
3560 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3561 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3562 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3563 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3564 `make-composition'.
3565
3566 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3567
3568 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3569 | | 1:tc or top-center
3570 | | 2:tr or top-right
3571 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3572 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3573 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3574 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3575 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3576 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3577
3578 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3579 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3580 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3581 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3582 be added.
3583
3584 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3585 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
3586 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3587
3588 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3589 | | |
3590 | global| |
3591 | glyph | |
3592 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3593 +----+--*--+
3594 | | new |
3595 | |glyph|
3596 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3597 ")
3598
3599 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3600 Compose characters in the current region.
3601
3602 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3603
3604 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3605 specifying the region.
3606
3607 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3608 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
3609
3610 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3611 of the text in the region.
3612
3613 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3614
3615 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3616 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3617 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3618 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3619
3620 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3621 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3622 detail.
3623
3624 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3625 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3626 text in the composition." t nil)
3627
3628 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3629 Decompose text in the current region.
3630
3631 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3632 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3633
3634 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3635 Compose characters in string STRING.
3636
3637 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3638 the characters in it.
3639
3640 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3641 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3642 STRING respectively.
3643
3644 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3645 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3646 `compose-region' for more detail.
3647
3648 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3649 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3650 text in the composition." nil nil)
3651
3652 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3653 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3654
3655 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3656 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3657 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3658 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3659 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3660 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3661 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3662 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3663
3664 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3665 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3666
3667 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3668 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3669
3670 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3671 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3672
3673 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3674 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3675
3676 If no composition is found, return nil.
3677
3678 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3679 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3680
3681 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3682 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3683 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3684
3685 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3686
3687 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3688
3689 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3690 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3691 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3692
3693 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3694
3695 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3696
3697 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3698 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3699
3700 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3701 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3702 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3703 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3704 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3705 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3706 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3707 nil.
3708
3709 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3710 is:
3711 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3712 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3713
3714 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3715
3716 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3717 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3718
3719 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3720
3721 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3722 Compose last characters.
3723 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
3724 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
3725 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
3726 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
3727 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
3728 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
3729 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3730 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3731 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
3732 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3733 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3734
3735 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3736 Convert CHAR to string.
3737 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3738
3739 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3740 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3741 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3742
3743 ;;;***
3744 \f
3745 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3746 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (14747 44775))
3747 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3748
3749 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3750 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
3751 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3752
3753 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3754 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
3755 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3756
3757 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3758 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3759 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3760 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3761
3762 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3763 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
3764
3765 ;;;***
3766 \f
3767 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3768 ;;;;;; (15301 19232))
3769 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3770
3771 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3772 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3773 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3774 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3775 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3776 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3777
3778 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3779 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3780
3781 ;;;***
3782 \f
3783 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3784 ;;;;;; (15306 37171))
3785 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3786
3787 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3788 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3789 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3790 Tab indents for Perl code.
3791 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3792 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3793
3794 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3795 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3796 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3797 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3798 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3799 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3800 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3801 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3802 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3803 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3804 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3805 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3806
3807 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3808
3809 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3810 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3811
3812 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3813
3814 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3815 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3816 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3817 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3818 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3819 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3820 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3821 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3822 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3823
3824 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3825
3826 bite if angry;
3827
3828 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3829 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3830 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3831 to nil.)
3832
3833 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3834 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3835 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3836
3837 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3838
3839 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3840 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3841 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3842 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3843 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3844
3845 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3846
3847 if (A) { B }
3848
3849 into
3850
3851 B if A;
3852
3853 \\{cperl-mode-map}
3854
3855 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3856 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3857 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3858 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3859 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3860 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3861 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3862 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3863 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3864 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3865 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3866 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3867 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3868
3869 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3870 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3871 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3872 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3873 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3874 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3875
3876 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3877 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3878 man via menu.
3879
3880 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3881 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3882 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3883 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3884 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3885
3886 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3887 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3888 span the needed amount of lines.
3889
3890 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3891 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3892 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3893 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3894
3895 Variables controlling indentation style:
3896 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3897 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3898 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3899 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3900 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3901 `cperl-auto-newline'
3902 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3903 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3904 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
3905 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3906 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3907 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3908 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3909 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3910 `cperl-indent-level'
3911 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3912 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3913 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3914 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3915 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3916 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3917 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3918 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3919 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3920 `cperl-brace-offset'
3921 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3922 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3923 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3924 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3925 `cperl-label-offset'
3926 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3927 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3928 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3929
3930 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3931 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3932 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3933 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3934 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3935
3936 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3937 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
3938 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
3939 \(both available from menu).
3940
3941 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3942 column 0 is indented on
3943 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3944
3945 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3946 with no args.
3947
3948 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3949 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3950 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3951
3952 ;;;***
3953 \f
3954 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3955 ;;;;;; (15192 12242))
3956 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3957
3958 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3959 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3960 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3961 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3962 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3963
3964 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3965 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
3966
3967 ;;;***
3968 \f
3969 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
3970 ;;;;;; (14634 20465))
3971 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
3972
3973 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
3974 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
3975 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
3976 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
3977
3978 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3979 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3980
3981 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3982
3983 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3984
3985 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3986 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
3987 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3988
3989 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
3990
3991 ;;;***
3992 \f
3993 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
3994 ;;;;;; (14600 38414))
3995 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
3996
3997 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
3998 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
3999 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4000 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4001
4002 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4003 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4004 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4005 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4006
4007 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4008 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4009 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4010
4011 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4012 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4013 'bob', and 'eve'.
4014
4015 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4016 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4017 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4018
4019 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4020
4021 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4022 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4023 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
4024
4025 ;;;***
4026 \f
4027 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4028 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4029 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4030 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4031 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
4032 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
4033 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
4034 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4035 ;;;;;; (15297 22173))
4036 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4037 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4038
4039 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4040 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4041
4042 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4043 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4044
4045 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4046 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4047
4048 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4049
4050 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4051 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4052
4053 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4054 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4055
4056 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4057 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4058
4059 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4060 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4061
4062 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4063 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4064
4065 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4066
4067 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4068 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4069 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4070 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4071
4072 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4073 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4074
4075 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4076 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4077
4078 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4079 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4080
4081 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
4082
4083 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4084 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4085 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4086 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4087 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
4088
4089 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4090 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4091
4092 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4093 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4094
4095 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4096
4097 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4098 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
4099
4100 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4101 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4102 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4103 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4104 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4105
4106 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4107 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4108 version." t nil)
4109
4110 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4111
4112 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4113 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4114 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
4115
4116 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4117 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4118 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
4119
4120 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4121 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
4122
4123 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4124 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
4125
4126 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4127 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
4128
4129 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4130 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4131 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4132 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4133 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4134 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4135 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
4136
4137 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4138 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4139 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
4140
4141 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4142 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
4143
4144 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4145 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
4146
4147 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4148 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4149 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4150 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4151 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4152 that option." nil nil)
4153
4154 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4155 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4156 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4157 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4158 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4159 that option." nil nil)
4160
4161 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4162 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
4163
4164 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4165 File used for storing customization information.
4166 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4167 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4168 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4169
4170 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4171 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4172 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4173 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4174
4175 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4176 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
4177
4178 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4179 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
4180
4181 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4182 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4183 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4184
4185 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4186 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4187 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4188 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4189 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4190
4191 ;;;***
4192 \f
4193 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4194 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (15297 22173))
4195 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4196
4197 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4198 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
4199
4200 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4201 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4202 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4203
4204 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4205
4206 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4207 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4208 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4209
4210 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
4211
4212 ;;;***
4213 \f
4214 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4215 ;;;;;; (14910 483))
4216 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4217
4218 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4219 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
4220
4221 ;;;***
4222 \f
4223 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4224 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15315 52173))
4225 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4226
4227 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4228 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4229
4230 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4231 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4232 C++ modes are included.
4233
4234 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4235
4236 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4237 Turn on CWarn mode.
4238
4239 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4240 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
4241
4242 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4243 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
4244
4245 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4246
4247 ;;;***
4248 \f
4249 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4250 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4251 ;;;;;; (15192 12234))
4252 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4253
4254 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4255 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4256
4257 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4258 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4259
4260 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4261 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4262 For readability, the table is slightly
4263 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4264
4265 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4266 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4267 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
4268 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4269 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
4270
4271 ;;;***
4272 \f
4273 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4274 ;;;;;; (15155 16524))
4275 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4276
4277 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
4278
4279 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
4280
4281 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4282 Completion on current word.
4283 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
4284 and presents suggestions for completion.
4285
4286 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4287 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4288 completions.
4289
4290 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4291 then it searches *all* buffers.
4292
4293 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4294 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
4295
4296 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4297 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
4298
4299 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4300 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4301 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4302 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4303 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4304
4305 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4306 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4307
4308 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4309 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4310 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4311
4312 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4313 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4314
4315 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
4316
4317 ;;;***
4318 \f
4319 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15054
4320 ;;;;;; 32604))
4321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
4322
4323 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
4324 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
4325
4326 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
4327 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
4328 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
4329
4330 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
4331 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
4332 Data lines are not indented.
4333
4334 Key bindings:
4335
4336 \\{dcl-mode-map}
4337 Commands not usually bound to keys:
4338
4339 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
4340 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
4341 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
4342 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
4343
4344 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4345
4346 dcl-basic-offset
4347 Extra indentation within blocks.
4348
4349 dcl-continuation-offset
4350 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4351
4352 dcl-margin-offset
4353 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4354
4355 dcl-margin-label-offset
4356 Indentation for a label.
4357
4358 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4359 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4360
4361 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4362 dcl-block-end-regexp
4363 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4364 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4365 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4366 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4367 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4368
4369 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4370 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4371 Two such functions are included in the package:
4372 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4373 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4374
4375 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4376 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4377 One such function is included in the package:
4378 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4379
4380 dcl-tab-always-indent
4381 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4382 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4383 margin.
4384
4385 dcl-electric-characters
4386 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4387 typed.
4388
4389 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4390 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4391 which words trigger electric indentation.
4392
4393 dcl-tempo-comma
4394 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4395 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4396 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4397
4398 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4399 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4400 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4401 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4402
4403 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4404 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4405 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4406 dcl-imenu-label-call
4407 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4408
4409 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4410 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4411 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4412 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4413
4414
4415 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4416
4417 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4418 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4419 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4420 $ i = 1
4421 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4422 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4423 $ label:
4424 $ if i.eq.1
4425 $ then
4426 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4427 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4428 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4429 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4430 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4431 \"lined up with the command line\"
4432 $ type sys$input
4433 Data lines are not indented at all.
4434 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4435 $ endif
4436 $
4437 " t nil)
4438
4439 ;;;***
4440 \f
4441 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4442 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14763 42852))
4443 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4444
4445 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4446
4447 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4448 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4449 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4450 of the evaluator.
4451
4452 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4453 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4454 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4455
4456 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4457 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4458 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4459 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4460 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4461 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4462 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4463
4464 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4465 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4466 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4467
4468 ;;;***
4469 \f
4470 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4471 ;;;;;; (15192 12238))
4472 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4473
4474 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4475 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4476
4477 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4478 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4479 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4480 Upper-case letters are commands.
4481
4482 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4483 modify it.
4484
4485 The most useful commands are:
4486 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4487 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4488 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4489 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4490 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4491 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4492
4493 ;;;***
4494 \f
4495 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4496 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15306
4497 ;;;;;; 37162))
4498 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4499
4500 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4501 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4502
4503 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4504 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4505
4506 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4507
4508 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4509 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4510
4511 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4512
4513 ;;;***
4514 \f
4515 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15192
4516 ;;;;;; 12242))
4517 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4518
4519 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4520 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4521 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4522 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4523 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4524 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4525
4526 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4527
4528 Customization:
4529
4530 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4531 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4532 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4533 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4534 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4535 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4536 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4537 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4538 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4539 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4540 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4541 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4542 blank line.
4543 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4544 Directories to search when finding external units.
4545 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4546 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4547
4548 Coloring:
4549
4550 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4551 Face used to color delphi comments.
4552 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4553 Face used to color delphi strings.
4554 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4555 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4556 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4557 Face used to color everything else.
4558
4559 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4560 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4561
4562 ;;;***
4563 \f
4564 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (15209
4565 ;;;;;; 13374))
4566 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4567
4568 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4569
4570 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4571 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
4572 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4573 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4574 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4575
4576 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4577
4578 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4579
4580 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4581 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4582 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4583 positive.
4584
4585 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4586 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4587 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4588 any selection." t nil)
4589
4590 ;;;***
4591 \f
4592 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
4593 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (15319 49207))
4594 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4595
4596 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
4597 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4598
4599 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4600
4601 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4602 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
4603 or nil if there is no parent.
4604 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4605 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4606 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4607 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4608 hooks for the new mode.
4609
4610 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4611
4612 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4613
4614 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4615 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4616 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4617
4618 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4619 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4620
4621 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4622 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4623 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4624
4625 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4626 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4627
4628 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4629 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4630 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4631 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4632 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4633
4634 ;;;***
4635 \f
4636 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4637 ;;;;;; (15318 28377))
4638 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4639
4640 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4641 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4642 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4643
4644 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4645 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4646 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4647 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4648
4649 ;;;***
4650 \f
4651 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
4652 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
4653 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
4654 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
4655 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
4656 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
4657 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
4658 ;;;;;; (15192 12234))
4659 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4660
4661 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4662 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
4663 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4664
4665 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
4666 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
4667 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4668
4669 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
4670 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
4671 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4672 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4673
4674 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
4675 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
4676 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4677 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4678
4679 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
4680 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
4681
4682 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4683 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
4684 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
4685
4686 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
4687 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
4688
4689 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4690
4691 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4692
4693 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4694
4695 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4696 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
4697
4698 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4699
4700 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4701 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
4702
4703 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4704
4705 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4706
4707 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4708
4709 ;;;***
4710 \f
4711 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4712 ;;;;;; (15297 22176))
4713 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4714
4715 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4716 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4717 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4718 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4719 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4720
4721 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4722 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4723 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4724
4725 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4726 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4727 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4728 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4729
4730 #!/bin/sh
4731 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4732 emacs -batch \\
4733 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4734 european-calendar-style t \\
4735 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4736 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4737 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4738
4739 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4740 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4741 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4742 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4743
4744 ;;;***
4745 \f
4746 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4747 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15301 19231))
4748 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4749
4750 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4751 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4752
4753 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4754 *The command to use to run diff.")
4755
4756 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4757 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4758 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4759 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4760 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4761
4762 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4763 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4764 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4765 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4766 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4767
4768 ;;;***
4769 \f
4770 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4771 ;;;;;; (15279 8859))
4772 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4773
4774 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4775 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4776 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
4777 normal diffs.
4778 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary." t nil)
4779
4780 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4781 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4782 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4783
4784 ;;;***
4785 \f
4786 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4787 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4788 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4789 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4790 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15279 8859))
4791 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4792
4793 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4794 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4795 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4796 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4797 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
4798
4799 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4800 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4801
4802 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4803 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4804 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4805 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4806 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4807
4808 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4809 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4810
4811 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4812 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4813 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4814 always set this variable to t.")
4815
4816 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4817 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4818 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4819 A value of t means move to first file.")
4820
4821 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4822 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4823 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4824 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4825 are afterward marked with that character.")
4826
4827 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4828 *Controls marking of copied files.
4829 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4830 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4831
4832 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4833 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4834 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4835 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4836
4837 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4838 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4839 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4840 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4841
4842 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4843 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4844 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4845 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4846
4847 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4848
4849 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4850 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4851 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4852 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4853
4854 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4855 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4856 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4857 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4858 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4859 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4860 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4861 list of files to make directory entries for.
4862 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4863 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4864 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4865 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4866
4867 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4868 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4869
4870 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4871 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4872 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4873
4874 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4875 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4876
4877 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4878 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4879
4880 ;;;***
4881 \f
4882 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
4883 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
4884 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
4885 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
4886 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4887 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4888 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4889 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4890 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4891 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4892 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4893 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4894 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15279 8859))
4895 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4896
4897 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4898 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4899 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
4900 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
4901 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4902 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4903 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4904
4905 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4906 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4907 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4908 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4909 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4910 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4911
4912 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4913 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4914 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4915
4916 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4917 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4918
4919 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4920 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4921
4922 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4923 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4924 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4925 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4926
4927 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4928 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4929 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4930 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
4931 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4932
4933 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4934
4935 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
4936 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
4937 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4938
4939 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
4940 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
4941 instead of at the end of the command.
4942
4943 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
4944 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
4945 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
4946
4947 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
4948 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
4949
4950 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4951 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4952
4953 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4954 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4955 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4956 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4957 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4958 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4959
4960 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4961
4962 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4963 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4964
4965 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4966 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4967
4968 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4969 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4970
4971 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4972 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4973 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4974 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4975
4976 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4977
4978 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4979
4980 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4981
4982 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4983
4984 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4985
4986 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
4987 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
4988
4989 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
4990 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
4991 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
4992 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4993 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
4994 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
4995 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
4996 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
4997 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
4998
4999 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
5000 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5001 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5002 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5003 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
5004 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5005 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5006 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5007
5008 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
5009 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5010 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5011 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5012 and new hard links are made in that directory
5013 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5014 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5015 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5016
5017 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
5018 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5019 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
5020 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
5021 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
5022 of `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
5023
5024 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5025 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5026
5027 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
5028 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
5029 file if none are marked.
5030
5031 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
5032 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
5033 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
5034 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
5035
5036 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
5037 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
5038
5039 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5040 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5041 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5042
5043 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5044 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5045 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5046
5047 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5048 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5049 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
5050
5051 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
5052 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
5053
5054 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
5055 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
5056
5057 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5058 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5059 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
5060 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5061 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
5062 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5063 this subdirectory.
5064 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5065
5066 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5067 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5068 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5069 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5070 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
5071 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5072 this subdirectory.
5073 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
5074
5075 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5076 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
5077 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
5078
5079 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5080 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
5081 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
5082 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
5083
5084 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
5085 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
5086 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
5087 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
5088
5089 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5090 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
5091 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
5092
5093 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
5094 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
5095
5096 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
5097 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
5098
5099 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5100 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
5101 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
5102 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
5103
5104 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
5105 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
5106 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
5107 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
5108
5109 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
5110 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
5111 Stops when a match is found.
5112 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5113
5114 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5115 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
5116 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5117 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
5118 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5119
5120 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
5121 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
5122 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
5123 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
5124
5125 ;;;***
5126 \f
5127 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15246 17699))
5128 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
5129
5130 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
5131 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
5132 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
5133 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
5134 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
5135 buffer and try again." t nil)
5136
5137 ;;;***
5138 \f
5139 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (15054 32525))
5140 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
5141
5142 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
5143 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
5144 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
5145
5146 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
5147
5148 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
5149 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
5150
5151 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
5152 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
5153 " nil nil)
5154
5155 ;;;***
5156 \f
5157 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
5158 ;;;;;; 9615))
5159 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
5160
5161 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
5162 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
5163 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
5164 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
5165 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
5166 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
5167
5168 ;;;***
5169 \f
5170 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
5171 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
5172 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
5173 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
5174 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15192 12208))
5175 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
5176
5177 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5178 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
5179
5180 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5181 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
5182 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
5183 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5184 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5185
5186 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5187 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
5188 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
5189 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5190 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5191
5192 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5193 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
5194
5195 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5196 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
5197
5198 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
5199 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
5200
5201 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
5202 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
5203
5204 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
5205 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
5206
5207 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
5208 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
5209 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
5210 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
5211
5212 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
5213 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
5214 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
5215 X frame." nil nil)
5216
5217 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
5218 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
5219
5220 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
5221 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
5222
5223 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
5224 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
5225
5226 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
5227 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
5228 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
5229 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
5230
5231 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
5232 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
5233 European character display.
5234
5235 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
5236 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
5237 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
5238 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
5239
5240 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
5241 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
5242 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
5243 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
5244 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
5245
5246 ;;;***
5247 \f
5248 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
5249 ;;;;;; (15192 12238))
5250 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
5251
5252 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
5253 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
5254 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
5255 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
5256 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
5257 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
5258 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
5259 Default is 2." t nil)
5260
5261 ;;;***
5262 \f
5263 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15318 28377))
5264 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
5265
5266 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
5267 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
5268
5269 ;;;***
5270 \f
5271 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
5272 ;;;;;; (15192 12208))
5273 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
5274
5275 (defvar double-mode nil "\
5276 Toggle Double mode.
5277 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5278 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
5279
5280 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5281
5282 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
5283
5284 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
5285 Toggle Double mode.
5286 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
5287
5288 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
5289 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
5290
5291 ;;;***
5292 \f
5293 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15192 12238))
5294 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
5295
5296 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
5297 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
5298
5299 ;;;***
5300 \f
5301 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
5302 ;;;;;; (15234 3951))
5303 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
5304
5305 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
5306 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
5307
5308 ;;;***
5309 \f
5310 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
5311 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
5312 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15223 37895))
5313 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
5314
5315 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
5316
5317 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5318 Define a new minor mode MODE.
5319 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
5320 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
5321
5322 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
5323 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
5324 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
5325 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
5326 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
5327 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
5328 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
5329 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
5330 used (see below).
5331
5332 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
5333 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
5334 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
5335 The following keyword arguments are supported:
5336 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
5337 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
5338 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
5339 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
5340 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
5341
5342 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5343 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
5344 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
5345 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
5346 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
5347 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
5348
5349 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5350 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5351 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5352 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5353 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5354 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5355 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
5356
5357 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
5358
5359 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
5360 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
5361 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX)." nil (quote macro))
5362
5363 ;;;***
5364 \f
5365 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5366 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (15192
5367 ;;;;;; 12223))
5368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5369
5370 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
5371
5372 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5373 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5374 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5375 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5376
5377 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5378 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5379
5380 :filter FUNCTION
5381
5382 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5383 menu displayed.
5384
5385 :visible INCLUDE
5386
5387 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5388 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5389
5390 :active ENABLE
5391
5392 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5393 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5394
5395 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5396
5397 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5398
5399 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5400
5401 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5402 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5403
5404 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5405 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5406
5407 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5408
5409 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5410
5411 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5412
5413 :keys KEYS
5414
5415 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5416 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5417 computed automatically.
5418 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5419
5420 :key-sequence KEYS
5421
5422 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5423 menu item.
5424 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5425 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5426 keyboard equivalent.
5427
5428 :active ENABLE
5429
5430 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5431 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5432
5433 :included INCLUDE
5434
5435 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5436 expression has a non-nil value.
5437
5438 :suffix FORM
5439
5440 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5441 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5442
5443 :style STYLE
5444
5445 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5446 defined:
5447
5448 toggle: A checkbox.
5449 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5450 radio: A radio button.
5451 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5452 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5453 menu bar itself.
5454 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5455
5456 :selected SELECTED
5457
5458 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5459 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5460
5461 :help HELP
5462
5463 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5464
5465 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5466 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5467 as a solid horizontal line.
5468
5469 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5470
5471 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5472
5473 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5474 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5475 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5476 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5477
5478 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5479 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5480 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5481 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5482 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5483 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5484
5485 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5486 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5487 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5488
5489 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5490 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5491
5492 ;;;***
5493 \f
5494 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5495 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5496 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5497 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5498 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15281 51220))
5499 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5500
5501 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5502 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5503
5504 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5505 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5506
5507 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5508 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5509 it to the printer.
5510
5511 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5512 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5513 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5514 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5515
5516 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5517 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5518 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5519
5520 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5521 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5522 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5523 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5524
5525 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5526
5527 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5528 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5529 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5530
5531 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5532
5533 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5534 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5535
5536 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5537 The EPS file name has the following form:
5538
5539 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5540
5541 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5542 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5543
5544 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5545 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5546 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5547 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5548
5549 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5550
5551 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5552 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5553
5554 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5555 The EPS file name has the following form:
5556
5557 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5558
5559 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5560 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5561
5562 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5563 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5564 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5565 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5566
5567 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5568
5569 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5570
5571 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5572 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5573
5574 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5575 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5576
5577 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5578 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5579
5580 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5581 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5582
5583 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5584 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5585
5586 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5587 Set STYLE to current style.
5588
5589 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5590
5591 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5592 Reset current style.
5593
5594 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5595
5596 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5597 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5598
5599 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5600
5601 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5602 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5603
5604 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5605
5606 ;;;***
5607 \f
5608 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
5609 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
5610 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
5611 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
5612 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
5613 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15318 48330))
5614 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5615
5616 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5617 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5618 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5619 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5620 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5621 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5622
5623 Tree mode key bindings:
5624 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5625
5626 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5627 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5628
5629 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5630 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5631 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5632 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5633 completion." t nil)
5634
5635 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5636 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5637 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5638 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5639
5640 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5641 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5642 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5643
5644 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
5645 Search for call sites of a member.
5646 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
5647 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
5648 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
5649 looks like a function call to the member." t nil)
5650
5651 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5652 Move backward in the position stack.
5653 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5654
5655 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5656 Move forward in the position stack.
5657 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5658
5659 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
5660 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer." t nil)
5661
5662 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5663 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from." t nil)
5664
5665 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5666 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5667 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5668 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5669
5670 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
5671 Display statistics for a class tree." t nil)
5672
5673 ;;;***
5674 \f
5675 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5676 ;;;;;; (15238 19581))
5677 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5678
5679 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5680 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5681 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5682 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5683
5684 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5685 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5686 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5687
5688 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5689 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5690 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5691
5692 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5693
5694 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5695
5696 ;;;***
5697 \f
5698 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5699 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15192 12208))
5700 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5701
5702 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5703 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5704 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5705
5706 ;;;***
5707 \f
5708 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5709 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (15292 25969))
5710 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5711
5712 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5713 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5714 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5715 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5716 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5717
5718 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5719 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5720 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5721 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5722
5723 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5724 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5725 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5726 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5727
5728 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5729 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5730 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5731 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5732
5733 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5734
5735 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5736 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5737 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5738 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5739 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5740
5741 ;;;***
5742 \f
5743 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5744 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5745 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5746 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5747 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5748 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5749 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5750 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5751 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5752 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15195 56516))
5753 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5754
5755 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5756 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5757
5758 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5759 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5760
5761 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5762
5763 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5764
5765 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5766 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5767
5768 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5769
5770 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5771 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5772
5773 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5774
5775 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5776 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5777 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5778 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5779
5780 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5781
5782 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5783 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5784 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5785 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5786
5787 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5788
5789 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5790 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5791 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5792 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5793
5794 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5795
5796 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5797 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5798 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5799 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5800
5801 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5802
5803 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5804 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5805 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5806 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5807 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5808 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5809
5810 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5811 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5812 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5813 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5814
5815 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5816
5817 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5818 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5819 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5820 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5821
5822 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5823
5824 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5825
5826 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5827 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5828 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5829 follows:
5830 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5831 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5832
5833 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5834 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5835 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5836 follows:
5837 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5838 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5839
5840 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5841 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5842 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5843 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5844 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5845
5846 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5847 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5848 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5849 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5850 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5851 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5852
5853 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5854
5855 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5856 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5857
5858 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5859 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5860
5861 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5862
5863 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5864 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5865
5866 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5867 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5868
5869 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5870 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5871 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5872 buffer." t nil)
5873
5874 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5875 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5876 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5877 buffer." t nil)
5878
5879 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5880 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5881 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5882 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5883
5884 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5885 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5886 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5887 and don't ask the user.
5888 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5889 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5890
5891 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5892 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
5893 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
5894 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
5895 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
5896 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil)
5897
5898 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5899
5900 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5901
5902 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5903 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5904 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
5905 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
5906 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5907
5908 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5909
5910 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5911 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5912 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5913
5914 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5915 Display Ediff's manual.
5916 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5917
5918 ;;;***
5919 \f
5920 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
5921 ;;;;;; (15192 12209))
5922 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
5923
5924 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
5925
5926 ;;;***
5927 \f
5928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (15192 12209))
5929 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5930
5931 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5932
5933 (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser..."))))
5934
5935 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5936
5937 ;;;***
5938 \f
5939 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5940 ;;;;;; (15292 25968))
5941 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5942
5943 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5944 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5945
5946 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5947
5948 ;;;***
5949 \f
5950 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5951 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15195 56516))
5952 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5953
5954 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5955 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5956 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5957 which see." t nil)
5958
5959 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5960 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5961 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5962 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5963
5964 ;;;***
5965 \f
5966 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5967 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5968 ;;;;;; (15192 12209))
5969 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5970 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
5971
5972 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5973 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
5974 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
5975
5976 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5977 Edit a keyboard macro.
5978 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
5979 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
5980 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
5981 its command name.
5982 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
5983
5984 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5985 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
5986
5987 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5988 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
5989
5990 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5991 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
5992 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
5993 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
5994 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
5995 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
5996
5997 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
5998 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
5999 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
6000 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
6001
6002 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
6003 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
6004 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
6005 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
6006 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
6007 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
6008
6009 ;;;***
6010 \f
6011 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
6012 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15192 12224))
6013 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
6014
6015 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
6016 Set scroll margins.
6017 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
6018 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil)
6019
6020 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
6021 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
6022
6023 ;;;***
6024 \f
6025 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
6026 ;;;;;; (15054 32526))
6027 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
6028
6029 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
6030 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
6031 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
6032 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
6033 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
6034 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
6035 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
6036 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
6037
6038 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6039 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6040
6041 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
6042 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
6043 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
6044 this value is non-nil.
6045
6046 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
6047 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
6048 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
6049
6050 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
6051 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
6052 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
6053
6054 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
6055
6056 ;;;***
6057 \f
6058 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string
6059 ;;;;;; eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (14891 22286))
6060 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
6061
6062 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
6063 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
6064
6065 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
6066 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
6067 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
6068 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
6069 from the documentation string if possible.
6070
6071 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
6072 instead.
6073
6074 This variable is buffer-local.")
6075
6076 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
6077 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.")
6078
6079 (cond ((fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote eldoc-mode) (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string))) ((assq (quote eldoc-mode) (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)))) (t (setq-default minor-mode-alist (append (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)) (quote ((eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)))))))
6080
6081 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6082 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
6083 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
6084
6085 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
6086 of the mode.
6087 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
6088 the mode, respectively." t nil)
6089
6090 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6091 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
6092
6093 ;;;***
6094 \f
6095 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15192
6096 ;;;;;; 12209))
6097 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
6098
6099 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
6100 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
6101
6102 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
6103 an elided material again.
6104
6105 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
6106
6107 ;;;***
6108 \f
6109 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
6110 ;;;;;; (15192 12223))
6111 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
6112
6113 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
6114 Initialize elint." t nil)
6115
6116 ;;;***
6117 \f
6118 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
6119 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15192
6120 ;;;;;; 12223))
6121 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
6122
6123 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
6124 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
6125 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
6126
6127 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
6128 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
6129 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
6130
6131 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
6132 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
6133 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
6134
6135 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
6136
6137 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
6138 Display current profiling results.
6139 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
6140 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
6141 displayed." t nil)
6142
6143 ;;;***
6144 \f
6145 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
6146 ;;;;;; (15251 13047))
6147 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
6148
6149 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
6150 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
6151 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
6152
6153 ;;;***
6154 \f
6155 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
6156 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
6157 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
6158 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
6159 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15192 12209))
6160 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
6161
6162 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
6163
6164 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
6165
6166 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
6167
6168 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
6169
6170 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
6171
6172 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
6173
6174 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
6175
6176 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
6177
6178 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
6179
6180 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
6181 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
6182
6183 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6184 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
6185
6186 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
6187 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
6188
6189 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6190 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6191
6192 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6193
6194 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6195
6196 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6197
6198 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6199
6200 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
6201 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6202
6203 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6204 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6205
6206 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
6207
6208 ;;;***
6209 \f
6210 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
6211 ;;;;;; (15192 12231))
6212 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
6213
6214 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
6215 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
6216 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6217
6218 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
6219 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
6220 automatically.
6221
6222 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
6223 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
6224 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
6225
6226 ;;;***
6227 \f
6228 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
6229 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14886 12681))
6230 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
6231
6232 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
6233 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
6234 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
6235 text/enriched format.
6236 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
6237
6238 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
6239 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
6240
6241 Commands:
6242
6243 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
6244
6245 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6246
6247 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6248
6249 ;;;***
6250 \f
6251 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15192
6252 ;;;;;; 12227))
6253 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
6254
6255 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
6256 Emacs shell interactive mode.
6257
6258 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
6259
6260 ;;;***
6261 \f
6262 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15192
6263 ;;;;;; 12228))
6264 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
6265
6266 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
6267 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
6268
6269 ;;;***
6270 \f
6271 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
6272 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15192 12228))
6273 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
6274
6275 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
6276 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
6277 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
6278 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
6279 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
6280 will begin. A new session is always created if the the prefix
6281 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
6282
6283 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
6284 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
6285 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
6286
6287 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
6288 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
6289 The result might be any Lisp object.
6290 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
6291 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
6292 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
6293
6294 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
6295 Report a bug in Eshell.
6296 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
6297 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
6298
6299 ;;;***
6300 \f
6301 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
6302 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
6303 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
6304 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
6305 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
6306 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
6307 ;;;;;; (15320 19403))
6308 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
6309
6310 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
6311 *File name of tags table.
6312 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
6313 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
6314 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6315 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
6316
6317 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
6318 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
6319 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
6320 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
6321
6322 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
6323 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
6324 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
6325 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
6326 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
6327 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6328
6329 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
6330 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
6331 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
6332 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
6333 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
6334 `auto-compression-mode').")
6335
6336 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
6337 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
6338 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
6339 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
6340 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
6341
6342 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
6343 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
6344 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
6345 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
6346
6347 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
6348 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
6349 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
6350 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
6351 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
6352
6353 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
6354 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
6355 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6356 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
6357
6358 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
6359 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
6360 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
6361 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
6362 file the tag was in." t nil)
6363
6364 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
6365 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
6366 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
6367 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
6368 without directory names." nil nil)
6369
6370 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
6371 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6372 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
6373 but does not select the buffer.
6374 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
6375
6376 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6377 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6378 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6379 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6380 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6381
6382 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6383
6384 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6385 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6386 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6387
6388 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6389
6390 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
6391 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6392 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
6393 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
6394
6395 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6396 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6397 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6398 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6399 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6400
6401 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6402
6403 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6404 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6405 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6406
6407 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6408 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6409
6410 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6411 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6412 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6413 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6414 around or before point.
6415
6416 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6417 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6418 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6419 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6420 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6421
6422 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6423
6424 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6425 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6426 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6427
6428 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6429 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6430
6431 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6432 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6433 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6434 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6435 around or before point.
6436
6437 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6438 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6439 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6440 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6441 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6442
6443 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6444
6445 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6446 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6447 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6448
6449 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6450 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6451
6452 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6453 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6454 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6455
6456 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6457 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6458 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6459 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6460 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6461
6462 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6463
6464 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6465 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6466 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6467
6468 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6469 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6470 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6471
6472 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6473 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6474
6475 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6476 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6477 where they were found." t nil)
6478
6479 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6480 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6481
6482 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6483 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6484 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6485
6486 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6487 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6488
6489 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6490 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6491
6492 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6493 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6494 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6495 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6496
6497 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6498 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6499 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6500 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6501 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6502 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6503
6504 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6505 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6506 Stops when a match is found.
6507 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6508
6509 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6510
6511 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6512 `Query-replace-regexp' FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
6513 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6514 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
6515 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6516
6517 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6518
6519 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6520 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6521 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6522 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6523 directory specification." t nil)
6524
6525 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6526 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6527
6528 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6529 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6530 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6531 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6532
6533 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6534 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6535 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6536 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6537 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6538
6539 ;;;***
6540 \f
6541 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6542 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6543 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6544 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6545 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6546 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6547 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6548 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15192 12234))
6549 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6550
6551 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6552
6553 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6554 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6555 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6556 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6557
6558 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6559 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6560 language.
6561
6562 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6563 even if the buffer is read-only.
6564
6565 See also the descriptions of the variables
6566 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6567 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6568
6569 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6570 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6571
6572 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6573 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6574
6575 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6576 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6577 language.
6578
6579 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6580 buffer is read-only.
6581
6582 See also the descriptions of the variables
6583 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6584 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6585
6586 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6587 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6588 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6589
6590 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6591 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6592
6593 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6594 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6595
6596 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6597 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6598
6599 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6600 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6601 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6602 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6603
6604 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6605 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6606 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6607 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6608
6609 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6610 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6611 the primary language.
6612
6613 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6614 buffer is read-only.
6615
6616 See also the descriptions of the variables
6617 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6618 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6619
6620 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6621 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6622 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6623 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6624
6625 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6626 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6627 primary language.
6628
6629 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6630 buffer is read-only.
6631
6632 See also the descriptions of the variables
6633 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6634 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6635
6636 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6637 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6638 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6639
6640 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6641 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6642
6643 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6644 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6645 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6646 3) convert the body into SERA.
6647
6648 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6649
6650 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6651 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6652 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6653
6654 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6655 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6656
6657 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6658 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6659
6660 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6661 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6662 be 1, 2, or 3.
6663
6664 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6665 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6666 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6667
6668 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6669
6670 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6671 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6672
6673 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6674 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6675 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6676
6677 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6678 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6679
6680 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6681 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6682
6683 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6684 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6685
6686 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6687 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6688
6689 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6690 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6691
6692 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6693 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6694
6695 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6696 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6697
6698 ;;;***
6699 \f
6700 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6701 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6702 ;;;;;; (14463 4091))
6703 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6704
6705 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6706 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6707 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6708 server for future sessions." t nil)
6709
6710 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6711 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6712
6713 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6714 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6715
6716 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6717 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6718 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6719 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6720 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6721 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6722 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6723 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6724 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6725 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6726 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6727 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6728
6729 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6730 Display a form to query the directory server.
6731 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6732 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6733
6734 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6735 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6736 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6737
6738 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
6739
6740 ;;;***
6741 \f
6742 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6743 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6744 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15192 12237))
6745 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6746
6747 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
6748 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
6749
6750 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
6751 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
6752
6753 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
6754 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
6755
6756 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
6757 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
6758
6759 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
6760 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
6761
6762 ;;;***
6763 \f
6764 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6765 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15192 12237))
6766 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6767
6768 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
6769 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6770 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
6771
6772 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
6773 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
6774
6775 ;;;***
6776 \f
6777 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6778 ;;;;;; (15192 12237))
6779 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6780
6781 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6782 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
6783
6784 ;;;***
6785 \f
6786 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
6787 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
6788 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15306 37171))
6789 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6790
6791 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
6792 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
6793 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil)
6794
6795 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
6796 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6797 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6798 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6799 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6800 executable." t nil)
6801
6802 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
6803 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6804 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
6805
6806 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
6807 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
6808 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
6809 file modes." nil nil)
6810
6811 ;;;***
6812 \f
6813 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6814 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15306 37162))
6815 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6816
6817 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
6818 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6819 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6820 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6821
6822 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6823
6824 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6825 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6826 to generate such functions.
6827
6828 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6829 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6830 beginning of the expanded text.
6831
6832 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6833 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6834 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6835 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6836
6837 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
6838
6839 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
6840 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6841 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6842
6843 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
6844 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6845 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6846 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
6847 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
6848
6849 ;;;***
6850 \f
6851 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14970 28801))
6852 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
6853
6854 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
6855 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
6856
6857 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
6858 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
6859 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
6860
6861 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
6862
6863 Key definitions:
6864 \\{f90-mode-map}
6865
6866 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6867
6868 f90-do-indent
6869 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6870 f90-if-indent
6871 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
6872 f90-type-indent
6873 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
6874 f90-program-indent
6875 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6876 (default 2)
6877 f90-continuation-indent
6878 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6879 f90-comment-region
6880 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
6881 region. (default \"!!!$\")
6882 f90-indented-comment-re
6883 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6884 (default \"!\")
6885 f90-directive-comment-re
6886 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
6887 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
6888 f90-break-delimiters
6889 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6890 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
6891 f90-break-before-delimiters
6892 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6893 (default t)
6894 f90-beginning-ampersand
6895 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6896 f90-smart-end
6897 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6898 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6899 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6900 f90-auto-keyword-case
6901 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6902 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6903 f90-leave-line-no
6904 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6905 f90-startup-message
6906 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
6907 f90-keywords-re
6908 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6909
6910 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6911 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6912
6913 ;;;***
6914 \f
6915 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
6916 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
6917 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
6918 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
6919 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15319 49208))
6920 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
6921 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
6922 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
6923
6924 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
6925 Menu keymap for faces.")
6926
6927 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
6928
6929 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
6930 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
6931
6932 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
6933
6934 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
6935 Menu keymap for background colors.")
6936
6937 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
6938
6939 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6940 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6941
6942 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6943
6944 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6945 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6946
6947 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6948
6949 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6950 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6951
6952 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6953
6954 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6955 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6956
6957 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6958
6959 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6960
6961 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6962
6963 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6964
6965 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6966 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6967 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6968 will not show through at all will be removed.
6969
6970 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
6971
6972 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
6973 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
6974 requested face.
6975
6976 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6977 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6978 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6979
6980 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
6981 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6982 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
6983
6984 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
6985 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
6986 requested face.
6987
6988 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6989 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6990 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6991
6992 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
6993 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6994 Reads the color in the minibuffer.
6995
6996 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
6997 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
6998 requested face.
6999
7000 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7001 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7002 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7003
7004 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
7005 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
7006 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
7007 is the menu item's name.
7008
7009 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
7010 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
7011 requested face.
7012
7013 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
7014 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
7015 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
7016
7017 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
7018 Make the region invisible.
7019 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
7020 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7021
7022 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
7023 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
7024 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
7025 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7026
7027 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
7028 Make the region unmodifiable.
7029 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
7030 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
7031
7032 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
7033 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
7034
7035 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
7036 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
7037
7038 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
7039 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
7040 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
7041
7042 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
7043 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
7044
7045 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
7046 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
7047
7048 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
7049 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
7050 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
7051 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
7052 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
7053
7054 ;;;***
7055 \f
7056 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
7057 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15192 12210))
7058 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
7059
7060 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
7061 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
7062 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
7063 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
7064
7065 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
7066
7067 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
7068 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
7069 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
7070
7071 Font Lock caches may be saved:
7072 - When you save the file's buffer.
7073 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
7074 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
7075 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
7076 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
7077
7078 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
7079
7080 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
7081 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
7082 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
7083 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
7084
7085 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
7086 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
7087
7088 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
7089
7090 ;;;***
7091 \f
7092 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
7093 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
7094 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15292 25972))
7095 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
7096
7097 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
7098 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
7099 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
7100 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil)
7101
7102 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
7103 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
7104
7105 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
7106 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
7107 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
7108 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
7109
7110 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
7111 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
7112 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
7113 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
7114 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
7115
7116 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
7117 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
7118 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
7119 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
7120 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
7121 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
7122 internally by feedmail):
7123
7124 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
7125 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
7126 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
7127 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
7128
7129 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
7130 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
7131 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
7132 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
7133 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
7134
7135 ;;;***
7136 \f
7137 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
7138 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15155 16525))
7139 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
7140
7141 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
7142 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
7143 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
7144 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
7145 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
7146 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
7147 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
7148
7149 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
7150 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
7151 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
7152 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
7153 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
7154 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
7155 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
7156
7157 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
7158 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
7159
7160 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
7161 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
7162 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
7163 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
7164 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
7165 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
7166
7167 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
7168 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
7169 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
7170 Return value:
7171 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
7172 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
7173 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
7174
7175 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
7176 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
7177
7178 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
7179 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil)
7180
7181 ;;;***
7182 \f
7183 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
7184 ;;;;;; (14887 35754))
7185 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
7186
7187 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
7188 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
7189 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
7190 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
7191 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
7192 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
7193 \(directories) is done." t nil)
7194 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7195 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7196 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7197
7198 ;;;***
7199 \f
7200 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
7201 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15192 12210))
7202 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
7203
7204 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
7205 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
7206 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
7207 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
7208 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
7209
7210 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
7211 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
7212 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
7213 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
7214
7215 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
7216 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
7217 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7218
7219 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
7220
7221 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
7222 as the final argument." t nil)
7223
7224 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
7225 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
7226 and run dired on those files.
7227 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
7228 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7229
7230 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
7231
7232 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
7233 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
7234 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7235
7236 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
7237
7238 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
7239
7240 ;;;***
7241 \f
7242 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
7243 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
7244 ;;;;;; (15173 51739))
7245 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
7246
7247 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
7248 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7249 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
7250
7251 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
7252
7253 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7254 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7255 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
7256
7257 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
7258 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
7259
7260 Variables of interest include:
7261
7262 - `ff-case-fold-search'
7263 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
7264 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
7265
7266 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
7267 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
7268 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
7269
7270 - `ff-ignore-include'
7271 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
7272
7273 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
7274 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
7275
7276 - `ff-quiet-mode'
7277 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
7278
7279 - `ff-special-constructs'
7280 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
7281 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
7282 extracting the filename from that construct.
7283
7284 - `ff-other-file-alist'
7285 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
7286
7287 - `ff-search-directories'
7288 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
7289 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
7290
7291 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
7292 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
7293
7294 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
7295 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
7296
7297 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
7298 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
7299
7300 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
7301 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
7302
7303 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
7304 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
7305
7306 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7307 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
7308
7309 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
7310 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
7311
7312 ;;;***
7313 \f
7314 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
7315 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
7316 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
7317 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
7318 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
7319 ;;;;;; (15199 61891))
7320 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
7321
7322 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
7323 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
7324
7325 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
7326 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7327 not selected.
7328
7329 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
7330 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
7331 in `load-path'." nil nil)
7332
7333 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
7334 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
7335
7336 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
7337 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
7338 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7339 it is one of the current buffers.
7340
7341 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
7342 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7343 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7344
7345 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
7346 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7347
7348 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7349
7350 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7351 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7352
7353 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7354
7355 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
7356 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
7357
7358 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
7359 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7360 not selected.
7361
7362 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7363 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
7364
7365 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
7366 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
7367
7368 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
7369 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
7370 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7371 it is one of the current buffers.
7372
7373 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7374 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7375 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7376
7377 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
7378 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7379
7380 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7381
7382 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7383 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7384
7385 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7386
7387 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
7388 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
7389 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
7390
7391 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
7392 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7393
7394 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
7395 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7396
7397 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
7398 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
7399
7400 ;;;***
7401 \f
7402 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
7403 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15192 12210))
7404 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
7405
7406 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
7407 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP." t nil)
7408
7409 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
7410 Find all subdirectories of DIR." t nil)
7411
7412 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
7413 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP." t nil)
7414
7415 ;;;***
7416 \f
7417 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
7418 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15192 12210))
7419 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
7420
7421 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
7422 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
7423
7424 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
7425 Display FILE's commentary section.
7426 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
7427
7428 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
7429 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
7430
7431 ;;;***
7432 \f
7433 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7434 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
7435 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7436
7437 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7438 Toggle flow control handling.
7439 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7440 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7441
7442 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7443 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7444 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7445 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7446 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7447 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7448
7449 ;;;***
7450 \f
7451 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
7452 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
7453 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15279 11558))
7454 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7455
7456 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7457 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7458 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7459
7460 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7461 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7462
7463 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7464
7465 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7466 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7467 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7468 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7469 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7470 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7471
7472 Bindings:
7473 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7474 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7475 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7476
7477 Hooks:
7478 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
7479
7480 Remark:
7481 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7482 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7483 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7484
7485 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7486 consider adding:
7487 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7488 in your .emacs file.
7489
7490 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
7491
7492 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7493
7494 (if (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flyspell-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)) minor-mode-alist))) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-map-alist) (setq minor-mode-map-alist (cons (cons (quote flyspell-mode) flyspell-mode-map) minor-mode-map-alist))))
7495
7496 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7497 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7498
7499 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
7500 Flyspell text between BEG and END." t nil)
7501
7502 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
7503 Flyspell whole buffer." t nil)
7504
7505 ;;;***
7506 \f
7507 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7508 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7509 ;;;;;; (15192 12210))
7510 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7511
7512 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7513 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7514
7515 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7516 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7517
7518 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7519 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7520
7521 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7522 of two major techniques:
7523
7524 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7525 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7526 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7527
7528 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7529 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7530 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7531 movement commands.
7532
7533 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7534 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7535 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7536 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7537 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7538 mileage may vary).
7539
7540 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7541 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7542
7543 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7544
7545 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7546 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7547 \(This is the default.)
7548
7549 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7550 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7551
7552 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7553 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7554
7555 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7556 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7557
7558 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7559 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7560 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7561 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7562 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7563 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7564
7565 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7566 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7567 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7568
7569 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7570 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7571 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7572
7573 ;;;***
7574 \f
7575 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
7576 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock
7577 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15280 18506))
7578 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7579
7580 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults))
7581
7582 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7583 Toggle Font Lock mode.
7584 With arg, turn Font Lock mode off if and only if arg is a non-positive
7585 number; if arg is nil, toggle Font Lock mode; anything else turns Font
7586 Lock on.
7587 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".)
7588
7589 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
7590
7591 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
7592 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
7593 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
7594 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7595
7596 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
7597 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face].
7598
7599 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
7600 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7601
7602 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
7603
7604 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
7605 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
7606 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7607
7608 (global-font-lock-mode t)
7609
7610 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
7611 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
7612 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
7613 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
7614 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
7615 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
7616
7617 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
7618 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
7619
7620 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
7621 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
7622
7623 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
7624 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
7625 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
7626
7627 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
7628 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
7629
7630 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
7631 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
7632 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
7633
7634 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
7635 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
7636 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
7637
7638 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
7639 Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it)." nil nil)
7640
7641 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7642 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7643 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7644 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7645 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7646 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7647 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7648 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7649 end of the current highlighting list.
7650
7651 For example:
7652
7653 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7654 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7655 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7656
7657 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7658 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7659
7660 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7661 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7662 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
7663
7664 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7665 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7666 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7667
7668 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7669 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7670
7671 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7672 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
7673
7674 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7675 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7676 subtle problems due to details of the implementation." nil nil)
7677
7678 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
7679 Non-nil if Global-Font-Lock mode is enabled.
7680 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7681 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7682 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
7683
7684 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7685
7686 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
7687
7688 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7689 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer.
7690 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7691 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
7692 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
7693
7694 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7695 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7696
7697 ;;;***
7698 \f
7699 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7700 ;;;;;; (15318 48329))
7701 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7702
7703 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7704 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7705 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7706 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7707 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7708
7709 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7710 compatibility.
7711
7712 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7713 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7714
7715 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7716
7717 ;;;***
7718 \f
7719 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15192
7720 ;;;;;; 12235))
7721 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7722
7723 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7724 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7725 \\<message-mode-map>
7726 key binding
7727 --- -------
7728
7729 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7730 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7731 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7732 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7733 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7734 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7735 " t nil)
7736
7737 ;;;***
7738 \f
7739 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7740 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15192 12211))
7741 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7742
7743 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7744 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7745
7746 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7747 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7748 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7749 C-c < forms-first-record <
7750 C-c > forms-last-record >
7751 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7752 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7753 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7754 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7755 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7756 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7757 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7758 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7759 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7760 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7761 " t nil)
7762
7763 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7764 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7765
7766 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7767 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7768
7769 ;;;***
7770 \f
7771 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7772 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15192 12243))
7773 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7774
7775 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7776 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7777 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7778 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7779 with a character in column 6.")
7780
7781 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7782 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7783 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7784 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7785
7786 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7787 Fortran keywords.
7788
7789 Key definitions:
7790 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7791
7792 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7793
7794 `comment-start'
7795 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7796 set this to the string \"!\".
7797 `fortran-do-indent'
7798 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7799 `fortran-if-indent'
7800 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7801 `fortran-structure-indent'
7802 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7803 (default 3)
7804 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7805 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7806 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7807 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7808 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7809 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7810 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7811 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7812 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7813 (for TAB format continuation style).
7814 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7815 indentation for a line of code.
7816 (default 'fixed)
7817 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7818 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7819 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7820 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7821 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7822 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7823 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7824 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7825 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7826 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7827 column 5. (default 1)
7828 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7829 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
7830 statements. (default nil)
7831 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
7832 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
7833 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
7834 statement. (default nil)
7835 `fortran-continuation-string'
7836 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
7837 line. (default \"$\")
7838 `fortran-comment-region'
7839 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
7840 region. (default \"c$$$\")
7841 `fortran-electric-line-number'
7842 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
7843 as typed. (default t)
7844 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
7845 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
7846 (default t)
7847
7848 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
7849 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7850
7851 ;;;***
7852 \f
7853 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
7854 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15197 18454))
7855 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
7856
7857 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
7858 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
7859
7860 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
7861 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
7862
7863 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
7864 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
7865
7866 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
7867 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
7868
7869 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
7870 Compile fortune file.
7871
7872 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
7873 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories." t nil)
7874
7875 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
7876 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
7877
7878 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
7879 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
7880 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
7881 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
7882
7883 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
7884 Display a fortune cookie.
7885
7886 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
7887 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
7888 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
7889 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
7890
7891 ;;;***
7892 \f
7893 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
7894 ;;;;;; (15192 12211))
7895 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
7896
7897 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
7898 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
7899
7900 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
7901 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
7902
7903 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
7904 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
7905 function.
7906
7907 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
7908 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
7909 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
7910 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
7911 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
7912 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
7913
7914 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
7915 Each keyword should be a string.
7916
7917 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
7918 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
7919
7920 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
7921 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
7922 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
7923
7924 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
7925
7926 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
7927
7928 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
7929 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
7930 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
7931 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
7932
7933 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
7934 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
7935
7936 ;;;***
7937 \f
7938 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
7939 ;;;;;; (15252 33905))
7940 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
7941
7942 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
7943 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
7944 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
7945 at places they belong to." t nil)
7946
7947 ;;;***
7948 \f
7949 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
7950 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15252 33904))
7951 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
7952
7953 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
7954 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
7955
7956 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
7957 Read network news.
7958 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7959 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
7960 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7961 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
7962 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
7963
7964 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
7965 Read news as a slave." t nil)
7966
7967 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
7968 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
7969
7970 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
7971 Read network news.
7972 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7973 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7974 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
7975
7976 ;;;***
7977 \f
7978 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
7979 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
7980 ;;;;;; (15192 12228))
7981 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
7982
7983 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7984 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
7985
7986 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7987 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
7988
7989 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
7990 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
7991 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
7992 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
7993
7994 \(gnus-agentize)
7995
7996 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
7997 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
7998 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
7999
8000 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
8001 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
8002
8003 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
8004
8005 ;;;***
8006 \f
8007 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
8008 ;;;;;; (15272 19188))
8009 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
8010
8011 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
8012 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
8013
8014 ;;;***
8015 \f
8016 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
8017 ;;;;;; (15192 12228))
8018 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
8019
8020 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
8021 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
8022
8023 ;;;***
8024 \f
8025 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
8026 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14863
8027 ;;;;;; 43073))
8028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
8029
8030 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
8031 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
8032
8033 Usage:
8034 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
8035
8036 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
8037 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
8038
8039 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
8040 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
8041
8042 ;;;***
8043 \f
8044 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
8045 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14875 60440))
8046 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
8047
8048 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
8049 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
8050 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
8051
8052 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
8053 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
8054
8055 ;;;***
8056 \f
8057 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
8058 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
8059 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
8060
8061 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
8062
8063 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
8064 Run batched scoring.
8065 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
8066
8067 ;;;***
8068 \f
8069 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
8070 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15192 12228))
8071 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
8072
8073 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
8074
8075 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
8076 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
8077
8078 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
8079
8080 ;;;***
8081 \f
8082 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
8083 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
8084 ;;;;;; (15192 12228))
8085 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
8086
8087 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8088 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
8089 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
8090 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
8091 group parameters.
8092
8093 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
8094 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
8095 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
8096 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
8097
8098 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
8099 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
8100 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
8101 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
8102 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
8103 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
8104 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
8105 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
8106 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
8107 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
8108
8109 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8110 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
8111 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
8112
8113 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
8114 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
8115
8116 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8117 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8118 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
8119
8120 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
8121
8122 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8123 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. It
8124 can be embedded into nnmail-split-fancy lists with the SPLIT
8125
8126 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
8127
8128 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
8129 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
8130 existing groups are considered.
8131
8132 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
8133 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
8134 returned.
8135
8136 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
8137 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
8138 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
8139 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
8140 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
8141 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
8142 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
8143 clauses will be generated.
8144
8145 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
8146 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
8147 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
8148 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
8149 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
8150 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
8151
8152 For example, given the following group parameters:
8153
8154 nnml:mail.bar:
8155 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
8156 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
8157 nnml:mail.foo:
8158 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
8159 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
8160 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
8161 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
8162 nnml:mail.others:
8163 \((split-spec . catch-all))
8164
8165 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
8166
8167 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
8168 \"mail.bar\")
8169 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
8170 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
8171 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
8172
8173 ;;;***
8174 \f
8175 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
8176 ;;;;;; (14791 59015))
8177 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
8178
8179 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
8180 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
8181 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
8182
8183 ;;;***
8184 \f
8185 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (14915
8186 ;;;;;; 11613))
8187 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
8188
8189 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
8190 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
8191 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
8192 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
8193
8194 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
8195
8196 ;;;***
8197 \f
8198 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
8199 ;;;;;; (15192 12228))
8200 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
8201
8202 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
8203 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
8204 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
8205 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
8206 part is ignored.
8207
8208 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
8209 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
8210 rather than using this function." nil nil)
8211
8212 ;;;***
8213 \f
8214 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
8215 ;;;;;; (14791 59020))
8216 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
8217
8218 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
8219 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
8220 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
8221 for matching on group names.
8222
8223 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
8224 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
8225
8226 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
8227
8228 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
8229
8230 ;;;***
8231 \f
8232 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
8233 ;;;;;; (14863 43074))
8234 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
8235
8236 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
8237 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
8238
8239 ;;;***
8240 \f
8241 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
8242 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15209 13375))
8243 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
8244
8245 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
8246 Unload all Gnus features.
8247 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
8248 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
8249 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
8250
8251 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
8252 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
8253
8254 ;;;***
8255 \f
8256 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
8257 ;;;;;; (15275 13005))
8258 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
8259
8260 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
8261 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
8262
8263 ;;;***
8264 \f
8265 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (15306 37170))
8266 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
8267
8268 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
8269 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
8270 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
8271 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
8272 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
8273
8274 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
8275 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
8276 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
8277
8278 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
8279 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
8280 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8281
8282 ;;;***
8283 \f
8284 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
8285 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15302 40107))
8286 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
8287
8288 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
8289 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
8290 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
8291 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8292 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
8293
8294 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
8295 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
8296 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
8297 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8298 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
8299
8300 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
8301 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
8302 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
8303 or to send e-mail.
8304 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
8305
8306 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
8307 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
8308
8309 ;;;***
8310 \f
8311 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15292 25968))
8312 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
8313
8314 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
8315 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
8316 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
8317 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
8318 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
8319
8320 ;;;***
8321 \f
8322 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
8323 ;;;;;; (15263 18995))
8324 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
8325
8326 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
8327 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8328 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8329 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8330
8331 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
8332 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8333 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8334 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8335
8336 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
8337 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8338 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8339 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8340
8341 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
8342 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8343 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8344 and source-file directory for your debugger.
8345
8346 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
8347 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
8348
8349 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
8350 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8351 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8352 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8353
8354 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
8355 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
8356 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8357 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8358
8359 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
8360 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
8361 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
8362 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
8363 between it and it's value." t nil)
8364 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
8365
8366 ;;;***
8367 \f
8368 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15192
8369 ;;;;;; 12238))
8370 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
8371
8372 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
8373 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
8374 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
8375 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
8376
8377 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
8378 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
8379 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
8380 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
8381
8382 ;;;***
8383 \f
8384 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
8385 ;;;;;; (15192 12239))
8386 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
8387
8388 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
8389 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
8390
8391 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
8392 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
8393 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
8394 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
8395
8396 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
8397
8398 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
8399 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
8400 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
8401 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
8402 to be updated." t nil)
8403
8404 ;;;***
8405 \f
8406 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
8407 ;;;;;; describe-function locate-library help-with-tutorial) "help-funs"
8408 ;;;;;; "help-funs.el" (15315 52171))
8409 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-funs.el
8410
8411 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-funs" "\
8412 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
8413 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
8414 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
8415 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
8416 With arg, you are asked to choose which language." t nil)
8417
8418 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-funs" "\
8419 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
8420 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `M-x load-library'
8421 to find the file that `M-x load-library RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
8422 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
8423 to the specified name LIBRARY.
8424
8425 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
8426 is used instead of `load-path'.
8427
8428 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
8429 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
8430 and the file name is displayed in the echo area." t nil)
8431
8432 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-funs" "\
8433 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol)." t nil)
8434
8435 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-funs" nil nil nil)
8436
8437 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-funs" "\
8438 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
8439 Return 0 if there is no such symbol." nil nil)
8440
8441 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-funs" "\
8442 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
8443 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
8444 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
8445 it is displayed along with the global value." t nil)
8446
8447 ;;;***
8448 \f
8449 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
8450 ;;;;;; (15192 12211))
8451 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
8452
8453 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
8454 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
8455 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
8456 and window listing and describing the options.
8457 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
8458 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
8459
8460 ;;;***
8461 \f
8462 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
8463 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
8464 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (15317 28321))
8465 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
8466
8467 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
8468 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
8469 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
8470 Commands:
8471 \\{help-mode-map}" t nil)
8472
8473 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8474
8475 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" nil nil nil)
8476
8477 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
8478 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
8479
8480 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
8481 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
8482 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
8483 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
8484
8485 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
8486 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
8487 restore it properly when going back." nil nil)
8488
8489 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
8490 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
8491
8492 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and, if
8493 `help-highlight-p' is non-nil, highlight it with face defined by
8494 `help-highlight-face'; activate such cross references for selection
8495 with `help-follow'. Cross-references have the canonical form `...'
8496 and the type of reference may be disambiguated by the preceding
8497 word(s) used in `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8498
8499 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
8500 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
8501 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
8502 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
8503
8504 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
8505 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
8506 that." t nil)
8507
8508 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8509 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
8510 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
8511 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
8512 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8513 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8514
8515 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
8516 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
8517 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
8518 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
8519 See `help-make-xrefs'." nil nil)
8520
8521 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
8522 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO." nil nil)
8523
8524 ;;;***
8525 \f
8526 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
8527 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15192 12223))
8528 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
8529
8530 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
8531 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
8532
8533 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
8534 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
8535
8536 ;;;***
8537 \f
8538 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
8539 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15279 8859))
8540 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
8541
8542 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
8543 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
8544 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
8545 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
8546 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
8547
8548 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
8549 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
8550
8551 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
8552 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
8553 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
8554 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
8555
8556 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
8557 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
8558 periods.
8559
8560 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
8561 in hexl format.
8562
8563 A sample format:
8564
8565 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
8566 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
8567 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
8568 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
8569 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
8570 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
8571 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
8572 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
8573 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
8574 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
8575 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
8576 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
8577 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
8578 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
8579 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
8580
8581 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
8582 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
8583 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
8584
8585 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
8586 also supported.
8587
8588 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
8589
8590 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
8591 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
8592 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
8593
8594 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
8595 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
8596 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
8597
8598 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
8599 into the buffer at the current point.
8600
8601 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
8602 into the buffer at the current point.
8603
8604 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
8605 into the buffer at the current point.
8606
8607 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8608
8609 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8610 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8611
8612 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8613
8614 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8615
8616 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8617 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8618 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8619
8620 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8621 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8622 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8623
8624 ;;;***
8625 \f
8626 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8627 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
8628 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15251
8629 ;;;;;; 13044))
8630 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8631
8632 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8633
8634 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8635 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8636
8637 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8638
8639 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8640
8641 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8642 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8643
8644 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8645 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
8646 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8647 which can be called interactively, are:
8648
8649 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8650 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8651
8652 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
8653 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
8654 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
8655 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
8656
8657 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8658 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8659
8660 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8661 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8662
8663 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8664 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8665 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8666 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8667 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8668 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8669
8670 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8671 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8672
8673 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8674 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8675 Hi-lock: FOO
8676 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8677 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8678 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8679 will be read until
8680 Hi-lock: end
8681 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8682
8683 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8684
8685 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8686 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
8687
8688 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8689 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8690 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8691 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8692
8693 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8694
8695 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8696 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
8697
8698 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8699 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8700 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8701 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8702
8703 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
8704
8705 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8706 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
8707
8708 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
8709 lower-case letters made case insensitive." t nil)
8710
8711 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8712
8713 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8714 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8715
8716 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8717 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8718 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8719 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8720 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8721
8722 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8723 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8724
8725 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8726 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8727 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8728
8729 ;;;***
8730 \f
8731 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8732 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15192 12243))
8733 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8734
8735 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
8736 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
8737
8738 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8739 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8740 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8741 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8742 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8743 how the hiding is done:
8744
8745 hide-ifdef-env
8746 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8747 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8748 is used.
8749
8750 hide-ifdef-define-alist
8751 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8752 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8753 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8754 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8755
8756 hide-ifdef-lines
8757 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8758 #endif lines when hiding.
8759
8760 hide-ifdef-initially
8761 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8762 is activated.
8763
8764 hide-ifdef-read-only
8765 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8766 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8767
8768 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8769
8770 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8771 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8772
8773 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8774 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8775
8776 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8777 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8778
8779 ;;;***
8780 \f
8781 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8782 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15243 30330))
8783 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8784
8785 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8786 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8787
8788 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8789 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8790 Each element has the form
8791 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8792
8793 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8794 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
8795
8796 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
8797 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
8798
8799 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
8800 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
8801 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
8802 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
8803 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
8804
8805 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
8806 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
8807
8808 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
8809 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
8810
8811 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
8812 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
8813 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
8814
8815 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
8816 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
8817 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8818 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
8819 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
8820 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
8821
8822 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
8823 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
8824 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
8825
8826 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
8827 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
8828
8829 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
8830
8831 Key bindings:
8832 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
8833
8834 ;;;***
8835 \f
8836 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
8837 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
8838 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
8839 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15192 12212))
8840 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
8841
8842 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
8843
8844 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
8845 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
8846 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
8847
8848 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
8849 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
8850
8851 Without an argument:
8852 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
8853 or passive state as determined by the variable
8854 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
8855 and passive state.
8856
8857 With an argument ARG:
8858 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
8859 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
8860 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
8861
8862 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
8863 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
8864 not displayed in a different face.
8865
8866 Functions:
8867 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
8868 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
8869 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
8870 buffer with the contents of a file
8871 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
8872 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
8873 various faces.
8874
8875 Hook variables:
8876 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
8877 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
8878 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8879
8880 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8881 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8882
8883 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8884 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8885
8886 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
8887 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
8888
8889 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
8890 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
8891 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
8892 shown in the last face in the list.
8893
8894 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
8895 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
8896 buffer to be saved):
8897
8898 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
8899
8900 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
8901 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
8902
8903 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
8904 and must not be read-only.
8905
8906 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
8907 this function is called interactively.
8908
8909 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
8910 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
8911 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
8912
8913 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
8914 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
8915 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
8916
8917 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
8918 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
8919
8920 When called interactively:
8921 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
8922 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
8923 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
8924 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
8925
8926 When called from a program:
8927 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
8928 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
8929 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
8930 - otherwise just turn it on
8931
8932 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
8933 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
8934 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
8935 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
8936
8937 ;;;***
8938 \f
8939 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
8940 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
8941 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
8942 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
8943 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15192 12212))
8944 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
8945
8946 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
8947 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
8948 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
8949 or insert functions in this list.")
8950
8951 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
8952 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
8953
8954 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
8955 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
8956
8957 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
8958 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
8959
8960 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
8961 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
8962
8963 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
8964 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
8965 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
8966
8967 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
8968 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
8969 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8970 \(as atoms)")
8971
8972 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
8973 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
8974 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8975 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
8976 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
8977
8978 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
8979 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
8980 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
8981 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
8982 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
8983 expansions.
8984 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
8985 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
8986 undoes the expansion." t nil)
8987
8988 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
8989 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
8990 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
8991 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
8992
8993 ;;;***
8994 \f
8995 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
8996 ;;;;;; (15241 63600))
8997 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
8998
8999 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9000 Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
9001 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
9002 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
9003 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
9004
9005 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
9006 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
9007 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9008 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9009 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
9010
9011 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9012
9013 (custom-add-load (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
9014
9015 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
9016 Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer.
9017 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9018 Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
9019 in which `hl-line-mode' turns it on." t nil)
9020
9021 ;;;***
9022 \f
9023 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
9024 ;;;;;; (15122 26745))
9025 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
9026
9027 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
9028 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
9029 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
9030
9031 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
9032
9033 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
9034 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
9035
9036 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
9037 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
9038
9039 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
9040
9041 ;;;***
9042 \f
9043 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
9044 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14900 43616))
9045 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
9046
9047 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
9048 This function is obsolete.
9049 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9050 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
9051
9052 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
9053 This function is obsolete.
9054 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9055 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9056
9057 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
9058 This function is obsolete.
9059 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
9060 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
9061
9062 ;;;***
9063 \f
9064 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
9065 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15054 32535))
9066 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
9067
9068 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
9069 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
9070 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
9071
9072 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
9073 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
9074 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
9075
9076 ;;;***
9077 \f
9078 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14854 32223))
9079 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
9080
9081 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
9082 Major mode for editing Icon code.
9083 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
9084 Tab indents for Icon code.
9085 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
9086 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
9087 \\{icon-mode-map}
9088 Variables controlling indentation style:
9089 icon-tab-always-indent
9090 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
9091 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
9092 icon-auto-newline
9093 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
9094 inserted in Icon code.
9095 icon-indent-level
9096 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
9097 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
9098 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
9099 icon-continued-statement-offset
9100 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
9101 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
9102 icon-continued-brace-offset
9103 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
9104 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
9105 icon-brace-offset
9106 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
9107 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
9108 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
9109 this far to the right of the start of its line.
9110
9111 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
9112 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
9113
9114 ;;;***
9115 \f
9116 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
9117 ;;;;;; (15192 12243))
9118 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
9119
9120 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
9121 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
9122 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
9123 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
9124
9125 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
9126 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
9127 separate frames.
9128
9129 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
9130
9131 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
9132 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
9133 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
9134
9135 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9136
9137 ;;;***
9138 \f
9139 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
9140 ;;;;;; (15192 12244))
9141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
9142
9143 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
9144 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
9145
9146 The main features of this mode are
9147
9148 1. Indentation and Formatting
9149 --------------------------
9150 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
9151 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
9152
9153 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
9154 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
9155 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
9156 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
9157
9158 Comments are indented as follows:
9159
9160 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
9161 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
9162 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
9163
9164 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
9165
9166 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
9167 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
9168 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
9169 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
9170 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
9171
9172 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
9173 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
9174 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
9175
9176 2. Routine Info
9177 ------------
9178 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
9179 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
9180 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
9181 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
9182 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
9183 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
9184 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
9185
9186 3. Online IDL Help
9187 ---------------
9188 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
9189 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
9190 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
9191 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
9192 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
9193
9194 4. Completion
9195 ----------
9196 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
9197 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
9198 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
9199 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
9200 mixed or upper case.
9201
9202 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
9203 --------------------------------
9204 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
9205 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
9206
9207 \\pr PROCEDURE template
9208 \\fu FUNCTION template
9209 \\c CASE statement template
9210 \\sw SWITCH statement template
9211 \\f FOR loop template
9212 \\r REPEAT Loop template
9213 \\w WHILE loop template
9214 \\i IF statement template
9215 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
9216 \\b BEGIN
9217
9218 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
9219 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
9220
9221 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
9222 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
9223 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
9224
9225 6. Automatic Case Conversion
9226 -------------------------
9227 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
9228 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
9229
9230 7. Automatic END completion
9231 ------------------------
9232 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
9233 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
9234
9235 8. Hooks
9236 -----
9237 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
9238 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
9239
9240 9. Documentation and Customization
9241 -------------------------------
9242 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
9243 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
9244 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
9245 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
9246 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
9247
9248 10.Keybindings
9249 -----------
9250 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
9251 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
9252 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
9253
9254 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
9255
9256 ;;;***
9257 \f
9258 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (14821 31346))
9259 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
9260 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
9261
9262 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
9263 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
9264 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
9265
9266 ;;;***
9267 \f
9268 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
9269 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
9270 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15234 28846))
9271 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
9272
9273 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
9274 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
9275 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
9276 be determined." nil nil)
9277
9278 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
9279 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
9280 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
9281 be determined." nil nil)
9282
9283 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
9284 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
9285 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
9286
9287 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
9288 Create an image.
9289 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
9290 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
9291 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
9292 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
9293 use its file extension as image type.
9294 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
9295 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
9296 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
9297 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
9298
9299 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
9300 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
9301 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
9302 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
9303 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
9304 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
9305 POS may be an integer or marker.
9306 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9307 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9308 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9309 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9310
9311 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
9312 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
9313 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
9314 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
9315 defaulted if you omit it.
9316 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9317 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9318 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9319 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9320
9321 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
9322 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
9323 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
9324 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
9325
9326 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
9327 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
9328
9329 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
9330
9331 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9332 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9333 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9334 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9335 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9336 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
9337 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
9338 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
9339 satisfied.
9340
9341 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
9342
9343 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
9344 Define SYMBOL as an image.
9345
9346 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
9347 documentation string.
9348
9349 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9350 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9351 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9352 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9353 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9354 string containing the actual image data. The first image
9355 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
9356 define SYMBOL.
9357
9358 Example:
9359
9360 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
9361 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
9362
9363 ;;;***
9364 \f
9365 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
9366 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
9367 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15205 22594))
9368 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
9369
9370 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm")) "\
9371 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
9372 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
9373 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
9374
9375 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
9376 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9377 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
9378 variable is set using \\[customize].")
9379
9380 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
9381 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
9382 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
9383 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
9384
9385 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
9386 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9387 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
9388 variable is set using \\[customize].")
9389
9390 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
9391 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
9392
9393 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
9394 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
9395 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
9396 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
9397
9398 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
9399 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
9400 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9401 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9402 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
9403
9404 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9405
9406 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
9407
9408 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
9409 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
9410 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
9411 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
9412
9413 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
9414 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
9415 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
9416
9417 ;;;***
9418 \f
9419 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
9420 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15192 12212))
9421 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
9422
9423 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
9424 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
9425
9426 Affects only the mouse index menu.
9427
9428 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
9429 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
9430 in the buffer.
9431
9432 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
9433
9434 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
9435 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
9436 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
9437
9438 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
9439 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
9440
9441 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
9442 to create a buffer index.
9443
9444 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
9445 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
9446 or like this:
9447 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9448 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
9449 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
9450 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9451 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
9452
9453 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
9454 entries are not nested.
9455
9456 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
9457 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
9458 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
9459 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
9460
9461 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
9462 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
9463
9464 The variable is buffer-local.
9465
9466 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
9467 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
9468 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
9469
9470 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
9471 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
9472 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
9473 during matching.")
9474
9475 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
9476
9477 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
9478 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
9479
9480 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
9481 of the current buffer as an alist.
9482
9483 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
9484 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
9485 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
9486 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
9487 if it is a sub-alist.
9488
9489 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
9490
9491 The variable is buffer-local.")
9492
9493 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
9494
9495 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
9496 Function for finding the next index position.
9497
9498 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
9499 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
9500 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
9501 file.
9502
9503 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
9504 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
9505
9506 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9507
9508 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
9509
9510 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
9511 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
9512
9513 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
9514 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
9515 It should return the name for that index item.
9516
9517 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9518
9519 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
9520
9521 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
9522 Function to compare string with index item.
9523
9524 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
9525 non-nil if they match.
9526
9527 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
9528 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
9529 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
9530 arguments match\".
9531
9532 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9533
9534 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
9535
9536 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
9537 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
9538 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
9539
9540 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
9541
9542 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
9543
9544 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
9545
9546 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
9547 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
9548 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
9549 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
9550
9551 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
9552 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
9553
9554 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
9555
9556 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
9557 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
9558 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
9559 for more information." t nil)
9560
9561 ;;;***
9562 \f
9563 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
9564 ;;;;;; (14821 31354))
9565 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
9566
9567 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
9568 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
9569 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
9570 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
9571 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
9572
9573 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
9574 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
9575
9576 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
9577 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
9578 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
9579 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
9580 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
9581 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
9582 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
9583 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
9584
9585 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
9586 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
9587 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
9588 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
9589 Inferior Lisp buffer.
9590
9591 This variable is only used if the variable
9592 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
9593
9594 More precise choices:
9595 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
9596 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
9597 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
9598
9599 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
9600
9601 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
9602 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
9603
9604 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
9605 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
9606 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
9607 to that buffer.
9608 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
9609 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
9610 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
9611 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9612 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
9613
9614 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
9615
9616 ;;;***
9617 \f
9618 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
9619 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
9620 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (15318 28377))
9621 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
9622
9623 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
9624 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
9625 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
9626
9627 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
9628 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
9629 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
9630 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
9631 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
9632 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
9633
9634 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
9635 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
9636
9637 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
9638 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
9639 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
9640
9641 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
9642 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
9643 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
9644 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
9645
9646 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
9647 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
9648
9649 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
9650 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
9651 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9652 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9653 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9654
9655 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
9656 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
9657 KEY is a string.
9658 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
9659 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9660 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9661 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9662
9663 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
9664 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
9665 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
9666
9667 ;;;***
9668 \f
9669 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
9670 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
9671 ;;;;;; (15192 12212))
9672 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
9673
9674 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
9675 Throw away all cached data.
9676 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
9677 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
9678 system." t nil)
9679
9680 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
9681 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
9682 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
9683 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
9684 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9685 The default symbol is the one found at point.
9686
9687 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
9688
9689 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
9690 Display the documentation of a file.
9691 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
9692 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
9693 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9694 The default file name is the one found at point.
9695
9696 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
9697
9698 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
9699 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
9700
9701 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
9702 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
9703
9704 ;;;***
9705 \f
9706 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
9707 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15192 12212))
9708 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
9709
9710 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
9711 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
9712
9713 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
9714 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
9715 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
9716
9717 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
9718 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
9719 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
9720
9721 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
9722 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
9723 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
9724 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
9725
9726 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
9727 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
9728 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
9729
9730 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
9731 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
9732 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
9733 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
9734 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
9735
9736 ;;;***
9737 \f
9738 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
9739 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
9740 ;;;;;; (15252 33904))
9741 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
9742
9743 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9744 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
9745
9746 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9747 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
9748
9749 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
9750
9751 ;;;***
9752 \f
9753 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
9754 ;;;;;; (14388 11031))
9755 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
9756
9757 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
9758 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
9759 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
9760 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
9761 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
9762 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
9763
9764 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
9765 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
9766
9767 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
9768 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
9769 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
9770 \"s gives German sharp s.
9771 /a gives a with ring.
9772 /e gives an a-e ligature.
9773 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
9774 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
9775 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
9776
9777 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
9778 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
9779
9780 ;;;***
9781 \f
9782 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
9783 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
9784 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
9785 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15192 12231))
9786 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
9787
9788 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
9789 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
9790 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9791 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9792
9793 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
9794 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
9795 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9796 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9797
9798 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
9799 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
9800 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9801 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9802
9803 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9804 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9805 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9806 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9807
9808 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9809 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9810 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9811 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9812
9813 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
9814 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9815 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9816 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9817
9818 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
9819 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9820 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9821 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9822
9823 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
9824 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
9825 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9826 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9827
9828 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9829 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9830 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9831 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9832
9833 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9834 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
9835
9836 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9837 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
9838
9839 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
9840 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
9841
9842 ;;;***
9843 \f
9844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
9845 ;;;;;; (15301 19233))
9846 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
9847 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
9848 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
9849 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
9850
9851 ;;;***
9852 \f
9853 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
9854 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
9855 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
9856 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
9857 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
9858 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15260 30414))
9859 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
9860
9861 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
9862 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
9863
9864 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9865 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
9866
9867 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9868 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
9869
9870 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
9871 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
9872 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
9873 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
9874
9875 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
9876 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
9877 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
9878
9879 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
9880
9881 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
9882
9883 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
9884
9885 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
9886
9887 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1))))
9888
9889 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2) ("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2))))
9890
9891 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
9892 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
9893
9894 Each element of this list is also a list:
9895
9896 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
9897 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
9898
9899 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
9900 nil means the default dictionary.
9901
9902 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
9903 word.
9904
9905 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
9906
9907 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
9908 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
9909 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
9910 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
9911 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
9912 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
9913 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
9914 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
9915 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
9916
9917 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
9918 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
9919 single word.
9920
9921 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
9922 subprocess.
9923
9924 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
9925 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
9926 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
9927 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
9928 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
9929 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
9930 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
9931 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
9932
9933 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
9934
9935 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
9936 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
9937 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
9938
9939 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
9940 Key map for ispell menu.")
9941
9942 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
9943 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
9944 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
9945 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
9946
9947 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
9948
9949 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
9950
9951 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
9952
9953 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
9954
9955 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
9956
9957 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
9958 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
9959 The alist key must be a regular expression.
9960 Valid forms include:
9961 (KEY) - just skip the key.
9962 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
9963 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
9964 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
9965
9966 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
9967 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
9968 First list is used raw.
9969 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
9970
9971 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
9972 for skipping in latex mode.")
9973
9974 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
9975
9976 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
9977 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
9978 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
9979 in a window allowing you to choose one.
9980
9981 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
9982 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
9983 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
9984 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
9985 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
9986
9987 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
9988 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
9989
9990 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
9991
9992 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
9993 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
9994
9995 return values:
9996 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
9997 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
9998 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
9999 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
10000 quit spell session exited." t nil)
10001
10002 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
10003 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
10004 If so, ask if it needs to be saved." t nil)
10005
10006 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
10007 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
10008
10009 Selections are:
10010
10011 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
10012 SPC: Accept word this time.
10013 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
10014 `a': Accept word for this session.
10015 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
10016 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
10017 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
10018 `?': Show these commands.
10019 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
10020 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
10021 the aborted check to be completed later.
10022 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
10023 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
10024 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
10025 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
10026 `C-l': redraws screen
10027 `C-r': recursive edit
10028 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
10029
10030 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
10031 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
10032 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
10033
10034 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
10035 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
10036 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
10037
10038 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
10039
10040 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary." t nil)
10041
10042 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
10043 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
10044 Return nil if spell session is quit,
10045 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
10046
10047 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
10048 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
10049
10050 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
10051 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
10052
10053 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
10054 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
10055
10056 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
10057 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
10058 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
10059 sequence inside of a word.
10060
10061 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
10062
10063 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
10064 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
10065
10066 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
10067 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
10068 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
10069 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
10070
10071 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
10072 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
10073 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
10074 available on the net." t nil)
10075
10076 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
10077 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
10078 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
10079
10080 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
10081 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
10082
10083 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
10084 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
10085
10086 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
10087 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
10088 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
10089 Don't check included messages.
10090
10091 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
10092 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
10093 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
10094
10095 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
10096 in your .emacs file:
10097 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
10098 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
10099 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
10100 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
10101
10102 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
10103 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
10104 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
10105
10106 ;;;***
10107 \f
10108 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
10109 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
10110 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el"
10111 ;;;;;; (15244 46382))
10112 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
10113
10114 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
10115 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
10116 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10117 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
10118
10119 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10120
10121 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
10122
10123 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10124 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
10125 Return the name of a buffer selected.
10126 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
10127 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
10128 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
10129
10130 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
10131 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
10132 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
10133 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
10134
10135 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
10136
10137 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10138 Switch to another buffer.
10139
10140 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
10141 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
10142 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
10143 in another frame.
10144 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10145
10146 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
10147 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
10148 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10149 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10150
10151 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
10152 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
10153 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10154 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10155
10156 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
10157 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
10158 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
10159 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
10160
10161 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
10162 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
10163 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
10164 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
10165 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
10166
10167 ;;;***
10168 \f
10169 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
10170 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
10171 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
10172 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15192 12234))
10173 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
10174
10175 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
10176
10177 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
10178 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
10179 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10180 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10181 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
10182 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
10183 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
10184 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
10185
10186 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
10187 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
10188 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10189 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10190
10191 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
10192 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
10193 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10194 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
10195 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
10196
10197 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
10198 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
10199 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
10200 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10201
10202 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
10203 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
10204 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
10205 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
10206
10207 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
10208 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
10209
10210 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10211 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
10212 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10213 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10214 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
10215
10216 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10217 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
10218 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10219 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10220 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
10221
10222 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
10223 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
10224 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
10225
10226 ;;;***
10227 \f
10228 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15192
10229 ;;;;;; 12212))
10230 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
10231
10232 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
10233 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
10234 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
10235 that needs to be (re)fontified.
10236 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
10237
10238 ;;;***
10239 \f
10240 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
10241 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15306 37163))
10242 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
10243
10244 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
10245 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
10246 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10247 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10248 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
10249
10250 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10251
10252 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
10253
10254 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10255 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
10256 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
10257 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
10258
10259 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10260 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
10261
10262 ;;;***
10263 \f
10264 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
10265 ;;;;;; (15192 12231))
10266 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
10267
10268 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
10269 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
10270 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
10271
10272 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
10273 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
10274 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
10275 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
10276 shorter.
10277
10278 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
10279 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
10280 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
10281
10282 ;;;***
10283 \f
10284 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15192
10285 ;;;;;; 12231))
10286 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
10287
10288 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
10289 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
10290 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
10291 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
10292 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
10293 positions that contains the current selection.")
10294
10295 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
10296 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
10297 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
10298 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
10299 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
10300 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
10301 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
10302
10303 ;;;***
10304 \f
10305 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
10306 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15192 12234))
10307 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
10308
10309 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
10310 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
10311 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
10312
10313 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
10314
10315 ;;;***
10316 \f
10317 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
10318 ;;;;;; (15306 37170))
10319 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
10320
10321 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
10322
10323 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
10324 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
10325
10326 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
10327
10328 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
10329 Start or resume an Lm game.
10330 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
10331 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
10332
10333 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
10334 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10335 none / 1 | yes | no
10336 2 | yes | yes
10337 3 | no | yes
10338 4 | no | no
10339
10340 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
10341 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
10342 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
10343
10344 ;;;***
10345 \f
10346 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
10347 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
10348 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15192 12234))
10349 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
10350
10351 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
10352
10353 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
10354 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
10355 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
10356 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
10357 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
10358 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
10359
10360 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
10361 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
10362
10363 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
10364 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
10365
10366 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
10367 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
10368 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
10369 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
10370 to compose.
10371
10372 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
10373
10374 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
10375
10376 ;;;***
10377 \f
10378 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
10379 ;;;;;; (15054 32560))
10380 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
10381
10382 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
10383 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
10384 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
10385 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
10386 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
10387 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
10388 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
10389 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
10390
10391 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10392 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
10393
10394 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
10395
10396 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
10397
10398 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
10399 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
10400 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
10401 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
10402 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also `latin1-display-setup'." nil nil)
10403
10404 ;;;***
10405 \f
10406 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
10407 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15229 7095))
10408 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
10409
10410 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
10411 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
10412 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
10413 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10414
10415 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
10416
10417 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
10418
10419 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
10420 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
10421 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
10422 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
10423 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
10424 for large buffers.
10425
10426 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
10427 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
10428 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
10429 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
10430 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
10431
10432 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
10433 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
10434 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
10435 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
10436 slow to keep up with your typing.
10437
10438 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
10439 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
10440 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
10441 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
10442 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
10443 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
10444
10445 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
10446 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
10447 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
10448 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
10449
10450 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
10451 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
10452 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
10453 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
10454
10455 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
10456 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
10457 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
10458 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
10459 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
10460
10461 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
10462 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
10463
10464 ;;;***
10465 \f
10466 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
10467 ;;;;;; (15192 12213))
10468 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
10469
10470 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
10471 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
10472
10473 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
10474 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
10475
10476 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
10477 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
10478
10479 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
10480 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
10481 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
10482 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
10483 for later transmission to Lisp job.
10484 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
10485 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
10486 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
10487 and transmit saved text.
10488 \\{ledit-mode-map}
10489 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
10490 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
10491
10492 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
10493
10494 ;;;***
10495 \f
10496 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15054 32569))
10497 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
10498
10499 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
10500 Run Conway's Life simulation.
10501 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
10502 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
10503 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
10504
10505 ;;;***
10506 \f
10507 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14847
10508 ;;;;;; 14862))
10509 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
10510
10511 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
10512 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
10513 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
10514 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
10515
10516 ;;;***
10517 \f
10518 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
10519 ;;;;;; (15260 28028))
10520 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
10521
10522 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
10523 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
10524 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
10525
10526 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
10527 Run the locate command with a filter.
10528
10529 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
10530 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
10531
10532 ;;;***
10533 \f
10534 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15122 26743))
10535 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
10536
10537 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
10538 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
10539 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
10540 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
10541 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
10542 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
10543 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
10544 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
10545 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
10546 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
10547 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
10548 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
10549 uses the current buffer." nil nil)
10550
10551 ;;;***
10552 \f
10553 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14910
10554 ;;;;;; 483))
10555 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
10556
10557 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
10558 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
10559
10560 ;;;***
10561 \f
10562 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
10563 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15192
10564 ;;;;;; 12214))
10565 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
10566
10567 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
10568
10569 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
10570
10571 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
10572 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
10573 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
10574
10575 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
10576 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
10577
10578 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
10579 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
10580 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
10581 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
10582 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
10583 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
10584 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
10585
10586 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
10587 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
10588 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
10589 switch on this list.
10590 See `lpr-command'.")
10591
10592 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
10593 *Name of program for printing a file.
10594
10595 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
10596 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
10597 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
10598 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
10599 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
10600 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
10601 argument.")
10602
10603 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
10604 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
10605 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10606 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10607
10608 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
10609 Paginate and print buffer contents.
10610
10611 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10612 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10613 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10614 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10615
10616 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10617 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10618
10619 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10620 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10621
10622 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
10623 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
10624 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10625 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10626
10627 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
10628 Paginate and print the region contents.
10629
10630 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10631 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10632 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10633 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10634
10635 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10636 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10637
10638 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10639 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10640
10641 ;;;***
10642 \f
10643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (15192 12214))
10644 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
10645
10646 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired))
10647
10648 ;;;***
10649 \f
10650 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15192
10651 ;;;;;; 12221))
10652 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
10653
10654 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
10655 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
10656 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
10657
10658 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
10659
10660 ;;;***
10661 \f
10662 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15192
10663 ;;;;;; 12244))
10664 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
10665
10666 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
10667 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
10668 \\{m4-mode-map}
10669 " t nil)
10670
10671 ;;;***
10672 \f
10673 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
10674 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15192 12214))
10675 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
10676
10677 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10678 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
10679 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
10680 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
10681 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
10682
10683 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10684 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
10685 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
10686 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
10687
10688 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
10689 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
10690 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
10691 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
10692 bindings.
10693
10694 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
10695 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
10696
10697 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
10698 Query user during kbd macro execution.
10699 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
10700 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
10701 each time the macro executes.
10702 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
10703 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
10704 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
10705 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
10706 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
10707 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
10708 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
10709
10710 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
10711 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
10712 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
10713
10714 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
10715 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
10716 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
10717 execute.
10718
10719 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
10720 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
10721
10722 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
10723 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
10724 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
10725 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
10726 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
10727
10728 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
10729 looked like this:
10730
10731 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
10732 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
10733 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
10734
10735 You could enter the names in this format:
10736
10737 foo
10738 bar
10739 baz
10740
10741 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
10742
10743 \\C-x (
10744 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
10745 \\C-x )
10746
10747 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
10748 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
10749 " t nil)
10750 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
10751
10752 ;;;***
10753 \f
10754 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
10755 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15192 12235))
10756 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
10757
10758 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
10759 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
10760 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
10761 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
10762
10763 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
10764 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
10765 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
10766 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
10767 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
10768
10769 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
10770 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
10771 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
10772 consing a string.)" nil nil)
10773
10774 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
10775 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
10776
10777 ;;;***
10778 \f
10779 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
10780 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
10781 ;;;;;; (15192 12235))
10782 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
10783
10784 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
10785 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
10786
10787 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
10788
10789 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
10790 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
10791
10792 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
10793 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
10794 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
10795 message.
10796
10797 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
10798
10799 ;;;***
10800 \f
10801 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
10802 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
10803 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15206
10804 ;;;;;; 24546))
10805 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
10806
10807 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
10808 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
10809 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
10810 often correct parser.")
10811
10812 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
10813
10814 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10815 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
10816 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10817 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10818
10819 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10820 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
10821 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10822 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10823
10824 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
10825 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
10826 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10827 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
10828
10829 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
10830 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
10831 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
10832 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
10833 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
10834 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
10835
10836 ;;;***
10837 \f
10838 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
10839 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15297 22179))
10840 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
10841
10842 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
10843 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
10844
10845 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
10846 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
10847 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
10848
10849 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
10850 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
10851 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
10852
10853 ;;;***
10854 \f
10855 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
10856 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (15306
10857 ;;;;;; 37169))
10858 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
10859
10860 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
10861 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
10862 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
10863 king@grassland.com
10864 If `parens', they look like:
10865 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10866 If `angles', they look like:
10867 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
10868
10869 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
10870 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
10871 If interactive, expand in header fields.
10872 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
10873 their `Resent-' variants.
10874
10875 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
10876 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
10877
10878 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
10879 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
10880 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
10881
10882 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
10883 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
10884 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
10885 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
10886
10887 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
10888 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
10889 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
10890 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
10891
10892 ;;;***
10893 \f
10894 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
10895 ;;;;;; (15206 24546))
10896 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
10897
10898 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
10899 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
10900 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
10901
10902 \\{makefile-mode-map}
10903
10904 In the browser, use the following keys:
10905
10906 \\{makefile-browser-map}
10907
10908 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
10909
10910 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
10911 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
10912
10913 makefile-target-colon:
10914 The string that gets appended to all target names
10915 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
10916 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
10917
10918 makefile-macro-assign:
10919 The string that gets appended to all macro names
10920 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
10921 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
10922 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
10923 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
10924 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
10925
10926 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
10927 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
10928 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
10929
10930 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
10931 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
10932
10933 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
10934 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
10935 up or down in the browser.
10936
10937 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
10938 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
10939
10940 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
10941 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
10942
10943 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
10944 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
10945 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
10946 has been selected in the browser.
10947
10948 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
10949 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
10950 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
10951 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
10952 filenames are omitted.
10953
10954 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
10955 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
10956 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
10957 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
10958 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
10959 the backslash itself intact.
10960 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
10961 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
10962
10963 makefile-browser-hook:
10964 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
10965 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
10966
10967 makefile-special-targets-list:
10968 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
10969 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
10970 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
10971
10972 ;;;***
10973 \f
10974 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
10975 ;;;;;; 28917))
10976 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
10977
10978 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
10979 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
10980 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
10981
10982 ;;;***
10983 \f
10984 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15243 17691))
10985 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
10986
10987 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
10988
10989 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
10990 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
10991 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
10992 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
10993 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
10994 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
10995 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
10996
10997 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
10998 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
10999 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
11000 `Man-switches' variable, which see." t nil)
11001
11002 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
11003 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
11004
11005 ;;;***
11006 \f
11007 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15301 62062))
11008 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
11009
11010 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
11011 Toggle Master mode.
11012 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
11013 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
11014 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
11015
11016 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
11017 following commands:
11018
11019 \\{master-mode-map}
11020
11021 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
11022 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
11023 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'." t nil)
11024
11025 ;;;***
11026 \f
11027 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
11028 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
11029 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
11030 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
11031 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
11032 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
11033 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
11034 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
11035 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15054 32558))
11036 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
11037
11038 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
11039 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
11040
11041 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
11042 king@grassland.com
11043 If `parens', they look like:
11044 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
11045 If `angles', they look like:
11046 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
11047
11048 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
11049 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
11050
11051 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
11052 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
11053
11054 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
11055 *Local news organization file.")
11056
11057 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
11058 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
11059 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
11060 variable `mail-header-separator'.
11061
11062 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
11063 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
11064 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
11065
11066 See also `send-mail-function'.")
11067
11068 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
11069 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
11070
11071 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
11072 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
11073
11074 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
11075 *Function for citing an original message.
11076 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
11077 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
11078 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
11079
11080 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
11081 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
11082 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
11083 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
11084 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
11085
11086 (defvar message-signature t "\
11087 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
11088 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
11089 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
11090 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
11091
11092 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
11093 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
11094 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
11095 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
11096
11097 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
11098
11099 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
11100 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
11101 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
11102 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
11103 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
11104 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
11105 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
11106 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
11107 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
11108 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
11109 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
11110 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
11111 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
11112 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
11113 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
11114 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
11115 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
11116 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
11117 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
11118 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
11119 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
11120 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
11121 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
11122 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
11123 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
11124
11125 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
11126 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11127 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
11128
11129 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
11130 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11131
11132 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
11133 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
11134
11135 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
11136 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
11137
11138 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
11139 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
11140 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
11141
11142 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
11143 Cancel an article you posted.
11144 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
11145
11146 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
11147 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
11148 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
11149 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
11150
11151 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
11152 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
11153
11154 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
11155 Forward the current message via mail.
11156 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
11157 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
11158
11159 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
11160 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
11161
11162 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
11163 Re-mail the current message.
11164 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
11165 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
11166 you." t nil)
11167
11168 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
11169 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
11170
11171 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
11172 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
11173
11174 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
11175 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11176
11177 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
11178 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
11179
11180 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
11181 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
11182 Works by overstriking characters.
11183 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
11184 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
11185
11186 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
11187 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
11188 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
11189 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
11190
11191 ;;;***
11192 \f
11193 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
11194 ;;;;;; (15192 12244))
11195 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
11196
11197 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
11198 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
11199 Special commands:
11200 \\{meta-mode-map}
11201
11202 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
11203 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
11204
11205 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
11206 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
11207 Special commands:
11208 \\{meta-mode-map}
11209
11210 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
11211 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
11212
11213 ;;;***
11214 \f
11215 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
11216 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
11217 ;;;;;; (14863 43076))
11218 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
11219
11220 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
11221 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11222 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11223
11224 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
11225 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11226 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11227 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11228 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11229 redisplayed as output is inserted.
11230 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11231
11232 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
11233 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
11234 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11235 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11236 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11237 means current).
11238 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11239 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11240
11241 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
11242 Process current region through 'metamail'.
11243 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11244 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11245 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11246 means current).
11247 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11248 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11249
11250 ;;;***
11251 \f
11252 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
11253 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (15192 12235))
11254 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
11255
11256 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
11257 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
11258 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11259 to the MH mail system.
11260
11261 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11262
11263 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
11264 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
11265 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11266 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
11267 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
11268 that want to create a mail buffer.
11269 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
11270
11271 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
11272 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
11273 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11274 to the MH mail system.
11275
11276 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11277
11278 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
11279 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
11280 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
11281 using the MH mail handling system.
11282 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
11283 messages.
11284
11285 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
11286
11287 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
11288
11289 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
11290 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
11291 the yanked message.
11292
11293 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
11294 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
11295 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
11296 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
11297 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
11298
11299 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
11300 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
11301 inserted in a draft letter.
11302
11303 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
11304 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
11305
11306 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
11307
11308 ;;;***
11309 \f
11310 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (15281
11311 ;;;;;; 51219))
11312 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
11313
11314 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
11315 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
11316 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11317 to the MH mail system." t nil)
11318
11319 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
11320 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
11321
11322 ;;;***
11323 \f
11324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (15192 12235))
11325 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
11326
11327 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
11328 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
11329
11330 ;;;***
11331 \f
11332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15320 3853))
11333 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
11334
11335 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11336
11337 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11338
11339 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11340
11341 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11342
11343 ;;;***
11344 \f
11345 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
11346 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15192 12215))
11347 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
11348
11349 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
11350 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
11351 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
11352 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
11353 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
11354 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
11355 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
11356 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
11357 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
11358 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
11359 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
11360
11361 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
11362 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
11363 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
11364 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
11365
11366 ;;;***
11367 \f
11368 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
11369 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15297 22175))
11370 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
11371
11372 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
11373 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
11374 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11375 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11376 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
11377
11378 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11379
11380 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
11381
11382 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
11383 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode
11384 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
11385 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
11386 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
11387 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
11388 default indication.
11389
11390 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11391 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11392
11393 ;;;***
11394 \f
11395 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
11396 ;;;;;; (15192 12224))
11397 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
11398
11399 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
11400 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
11401
11402 ;;;***
11403 \f
11404 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
11405 ;;;;;; (15192 12230))
11406 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
11407
11408 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
11409 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
11410 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
11411 the entire message.
11412 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
11413
11414 ;;;***
11415 \f
11416 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
11417 ;;;;;; (15223 37896))
11418 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
11419
11420 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
11421 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles." nil nil)
11422
11423 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
11424 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff." nil nil)
11425
11426 ;;;***
11427 \f
11428 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
11429 ;;;;;; (15192 12244))
11430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
11431
11432 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
11433 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
11434 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
11435 followed by the first character of the construct.
11436 \\<m2-mode-map>
11437 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
11438 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
11439 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
11440 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
11441 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
11442 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
11443 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
11444 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
11445 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
11446 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
11447 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
11448 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
11449 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
11450 \\[m2-link] link
11451
11452 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
11453 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
11454 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
11455
11456 ;;;***
11457 \f
11458 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
11459 ;;;;;; (15192 12239))
11460 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
11461
11462 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
11463 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
11464
11465 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
11466 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
11467
11468 ;;;***
11469 \f
11470 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15235
11471 ;;;;;; 24850))
11472 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
11473
11474 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
11475 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
11476 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11477 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
11478
11479 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
11480
11481 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
11482
11483 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
11484
11485 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
11486 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
11487 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
11488 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
11489 Triple-clicking selects lines.
11490 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
11491
11492 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
11493 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
11494 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
11495 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
11496 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
11497
11498 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
11499 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
11500
11501 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
11502 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
11503
11504 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
11505
11506 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
11507 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
11508 primary selection and region." t nil)
11509
11510 ;;;***
11511 \f
11512 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
11513 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
11514
11515 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
11516 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
11517
11518 ;;;***
11519 \f
11520 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15192 12215))
11521 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
11522
11523 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
11524 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
11525 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11526 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11527 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
11528
11529 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11530
11531 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
11532
11533 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
11534 Toggle Msb mode.
11535 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11536 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
11537 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
11538
11539 ;;;***
11540 \f
11541 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
11542 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
11543 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
11544 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
11545 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
11546 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (15292 25972))
11547 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
11548
11549 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
11550 Display a list of all character sets.
11551
11552 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
11553 for internal Emacs use.
11554
11555 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
11556 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
11557 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
11558 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
11559 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
11560
11561 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
11562 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
11563 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
11564 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
11565
11566 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11567 but still shows the full information." t nil)
11568
11569 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
11570 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
11571 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
11572 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
11573 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
11574
11575 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
11576 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
11577 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
11578 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
11579 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
11580
11581 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
11582 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
11583
11584 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
11585 Display information about character set CHARSET." t nil)
11586
11587 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
11588 Display information about the character at POS in the current buffer.
11589 POS defaults to point.
11590 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
11591 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
11592 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
11593
11594 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11595 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
11596
11597 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
11598 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
11599
11600 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
11601 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
11602 at the place of `..':
11603 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11604 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11605 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
11606 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
11607 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
11608 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
11609 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11610 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11611 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11612 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11613 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11614 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11615 `default-process-coding-system' for read
11616 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
11617 `default-process-coding-system' for write
11618 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
11619
11620 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11621 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
11622
11623 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
11624 Display a list of all coding systems.
11625 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
11626
11627 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11628 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
11629
11630 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
11631 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
11632
11633 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
11634 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
11635
11636 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
11637 Display information of FONTSET.
11638 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
11639
11640 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
11641 Display a list of all fontsets.
11642 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
11643 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
11644 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
11645
11646 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
11647 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
11648
11649 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
11650 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
11651
11652 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
11653 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
11654 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
11655 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
11656
11657 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
11658 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
11659 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11660
11661 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
11662 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
11663 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11664
11665 ;;;***
11666 \f
11667 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
11668 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
11669 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
11670 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
11671 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
11672 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
11673 ;;;;;; (15192 12232))
11674 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
11675
11676 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
11677 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
11678 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
11679
11680 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
11681 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
11682
11683 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
11684 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
11685
11686 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
11687 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
11688
11689 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
11690 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
11691 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
11692 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
11693 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
11694
11695 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
11696 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
11697 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
11698 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
11699 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
11700
11701 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
11702 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
11703
11704 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
11705
11706 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
11707 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
11708
11709 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
11710 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
11711 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
11712
11713 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
11714 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
11715 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
11716
11717 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11718 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
11719 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
11720 is considered.
11721 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
11722 longer than KEYSEQ.
11723 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
11724
11725 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11726 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
11727 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
11728 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
11729 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
11730 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
11731 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
11732 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
11733 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
11734 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
11735 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
11736
11737 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
11738 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
11739
11740 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11741 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
11742
11743 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11744 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
11745
11746 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
11747 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
11748
11749 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
11750 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
11751
11752 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
11753 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
11754 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
11755 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
11756
11757 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
11758 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
11759 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
11760 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
11761
11762 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
11763 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
11764 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
11765 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
11766
11767 ;;;***
11768 \f
11769 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
11770 ;;;;;; (15205 21902))
11771 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
11772
11773 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
11774 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
11775 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11776 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11777 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
11778
11779 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11780
11781 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
11782
11783 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
11784 Toggle mouse wheel support.
11785 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11786 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11787
11788 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
11789 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
11790
11791 ;;;***
11792 \f
11793 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
11794 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
11795 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
11796 ;;;;;; (15192 12237))
11797 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
11798
11799 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
11800 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
11801
11802 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
11803 Ping HOST.
11804 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
11805 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
11806
11807 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
11808 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
11809
11810 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
11811
11812 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
11813 Run netstat program." t nil)
11814
11815 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
11816 Run the arp program." t nil)
11817
11818 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
11819 Run the route program." t nil)
11820
11821 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
11822 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
11823
11824 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
11825 Run nslookup program." t nil)
11826
11827 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
11828 Run dig program." t nil)
11829
11830 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
11831 Run ftp program." t nil)
11832
11833 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
11834 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
11835
11836 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
11837 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
11838 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
11839 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
11840
11841 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
11842
11843 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
11844 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
11845
11846 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
11847 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
11848
11849 ;;;***
11850 \f
11851 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
11852 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
11853 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
11854 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
11855 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (15306 37163))
11856 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
11857
11858 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
11859
11860 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
11861
11862 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
11863
11864 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
11865
11866 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
11867
11868 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
11869 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
11870 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.
11871 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
11872 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.")
11873
11874 (defvar comment-start nil "\
11875 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
11876
11877 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
11878 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
11879 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
11880 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
11881
11882 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
11883 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
11884
11885 (defvar comment-end "" "\
11886 *String to insert to end a new comment.
11887 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
11888
11889 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
11890 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
11891 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
11892 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
11893 column indentation or nil.
11894 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
11895
11896 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
11897 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
11898 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
11899
11900 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
11901 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
11902 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
11903 of the corresponding number of spaces.
11904
11905 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
11906 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
11907
11908 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
11909 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
11910 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
11911
11912 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" nil nil nil)
11913
11914 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
11915 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
11916
11917 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
11918 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
11919 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any." t nil)
11920
11921 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
11922 Set the comment column based on point.
11923 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
11924 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
11925 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
11926 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
11927
11928 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
11929 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
11930 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
11931
11932 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
11933 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
11934 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
11935 comment markers." t nil)
11936
11937 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
11938 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
11939 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
11940 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
11941 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
11942 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
11943 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
11944 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
11945
11946 The strings used as comment starts are built from
11947 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
11948
11949 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
11950 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
11951 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
11952 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
11953 case it calls `uncomment-region').
11954 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
11955 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
11956 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
11957
11958 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
11959 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
11960 This indents the body of the continued comment
11961 under the previous comment line.
11962
11963 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
11964 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
11965 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
11966
11967 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
11968 or comment indentation.
11969
11970 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
11971 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
11972
11973 ;;;***
11974 \f
11975 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14858
11976 ;;;;;; 32485))
11977 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
11978
11979 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
11980 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
11981 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
11982 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
11983 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
11984 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
11985
11986 ;;;***
11987 \f
11988 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
11989 ;;;;;; (15185 36003))
11990 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
11991
11992 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
11993 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
11994 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
11995
11996 ;;;***
11997 \f
11998 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
11999 ;;;;;; (14860 4779))
12000 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
12001
12002 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
12003 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
12004 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
12005
12006 ;;;***
12007 \f
12008 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
12009 ;;;;;; (14858 32485))
12010 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
12011
12012 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
12013 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
12014
12015 ;;;***
12016 \f
12017 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
12018 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14791 59086))
12019 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
12020
12021 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
12022 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
12023
12024 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
12025 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
12026
12027 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
12028 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
12029
12030 ;;;***
12031 \f
12032 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
12033 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15192 12215))
12034 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
12035
12036 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
12037 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
12038 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
12039
12040 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
12041
12042 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
12043 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
12044 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12045 to future sessions." t nil)
12046
12047 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
12048 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
12049 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
12050 to future sessions." t nil)
12051
12052 ;;;***
12053 \f
12054 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
12055 ;;;;;; (15297 22180))
12056 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
12057
12058 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
12059 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
12060 \\{nroff-mode-map}
12061 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
12062 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
12063 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
12064
12065 ;;;***
12066 \f
12067 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
12068 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
12069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
12070
12071 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
12072 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
12073 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
12074 specified by `octave-help-files'.
12075 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
12076
12077 ;;;***
12078 \f
12079 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
12080 ;;;;;; (15192 12244))
12081 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
12082
12083 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
12084 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
12085 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
12086
12087 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
12088
12089 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
12090 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
12091
12092 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
12093 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
12094 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
12095
12096 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
12097
12098 ;;;***
12099 \f
12100 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
12101 ;;;;;; (14535 49117))
12102 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
12103
12104 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
12105 Major mode for editing Octave code.
12106
12107 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
12108 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
12109 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
12110 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
12111
12112 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
12113 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
12114 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
12115 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
12116 is why you need this mode!).
12117
12118 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
12119 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
12120 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
12121
12122 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
12123
12124 Keybindings
12125 ===========
12126
12127 \\{octave-mode-map}
12128
12129 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
12130 ==============================================
12131
12132 octave-auto-indent
12133 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
12134 Default is nil.
12135
12136 octave-auto-newline
12137 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
12138 Default is nil.
12139
12140 octave-blink-matching-block
12141 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
12142 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
12143
12144 octave-block-offset
12145 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
12146 Default is 2.
12147
12148 octave-continuation-offset
12149 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
12150 Default is 4.
12151
12152 octave-continuation-string
12153 String used for Octave continuation lines.
12154 Default is a backslash.
12155
12156 octave-mode-startup-message
12157 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
12158 Default is t.
12159
12160 octave-send-echo-input
12161 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
12162 command to the inferior Octave process.
12163
12164 octave-send-line-auto-forward
12165 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
12166 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
12167
12168 octave-send-echo-input
12169 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
12170
12171 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
12172
12173 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
12174 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
12175
12176 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
12177 (setq auto-mode-alist
12178 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
12179
12180 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
12181 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
12182
12183 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
12184 (lambda ()
12185 (abbrev-mode 1)
12186 (auto-fill-mode 1)
12187 (if (eq window-system 'x)
12188 (font-lock-mode 1))))
12189
12190 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
12191 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
12192 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
12193 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
12194
12195 ;;;***
12196 \f
12197 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
12198 ;;;;;; (15192 12215))
12199 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
12200
12201 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
12202 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
12203 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
12204
12205 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
12206 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
12207 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
12208 in which there are commands to set the option values.
12209 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
12210
12211 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
12212
12213 ;;;***
12214 \f
12215 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
12216 ;;;;;; (15265 49062))
12217 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
12218
12219 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
12220 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
12221 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
12222 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
12223
12224 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
12225 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
12226 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
12227 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
12228
12229 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
12230 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
12231 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
12232 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
12233 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
12234 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
12235
12236 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
12237 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
12238
12239 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
12240 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
12241 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
12242 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
12243 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
12244 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
12245 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
12246 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
12247 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
12248 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
12249 The subheadings remain visible.
12250 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
12251
12252 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
12253 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
12254 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
12255
12256 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
12257 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
12258
12259 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
12260 Toggle Outline minor mode.
12261 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12262 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
12263
12264 ;;;***
12265 \f
12266 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15309 13359))
12267 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
12268
12269 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
12270 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
12271 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12272 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12273 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
12274
12275 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12276
12277 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
12278
12279 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
12280 Toggle Show Paren mode.
12281 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12282 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
12283
12284 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
12285 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
12286
12287 ;;;***
12288 \f
12289 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14628
12290 ;;;;;; 61071))
12291 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
12292
12293 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
12294 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
12295 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12296
12297 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
12298 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
12299
12300 Other useful functions are:
12301
12302 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
12303 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
12304 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
12305 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
12306 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
12307 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
12308 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
12309 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
12310 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
12311
12312 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
12313
12314 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
12315 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
12316 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
12317 Indentation for case statements.
12318 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
12319 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
12320 mark after an end.
12321 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
12322 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
12323 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
12324 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
12325 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12326 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
12327 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
12328 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
12329 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
12330 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
12331
12332 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
12333 pascal-separator-keywords.
12334
12335 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
12336 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12337
12338 ;;;***
12339 \f
12340 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
12341 ;;;;;; (15223 37895))
12342 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
12343
12344 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
12345 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
12346 The keys affected are:
12347 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
12348 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
12349 M-Backspace does undo.
12350 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
12351 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
12352 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
12353
12354 ;;;***
12355 \f
12356 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
12357 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15192 12224))
12358 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
12359
12360 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
12361 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
12362
12363 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12364
12365 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
12366 which modify the status of the mark.
12367
12368 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
12369 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
12370
12371 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
12372 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
12373
12374 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
12375 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
12376 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
12377 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
12378 turning pc-selection-mode on.
12379
12380 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
12381 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
12382
12383 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
12384 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
12385 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
12386
12387 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
12388 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
12389 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
12390
12391 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
12392 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
12393
12394 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
12395 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
12396 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
12397
12398 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
12399 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
12400 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
12401
12402 F6 other-window
12403 DELETE delete-char
12404 C-DELETE kill-line
12405 M-DELETE kill-word
12406 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
12407 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
12408 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
12409
12410 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
12411 Toggle PC Selection mode.
12412 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
12413 and cursor movement commands.
12414 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12415 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
12416
12417 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12418
12419 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
12420
12421 ;;;***
12422 \f
12423 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15192
12424 ;;;;;; 12215))
12425 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
12426
12427 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
12428 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
12429
12430 ;;;***
12431 \f
12432 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
12433 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15192 12215))
12434 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
12435
12436 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12437 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
12438
12439 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12440 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
12441
12442 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12443 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
12444
12445 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12446 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
12447
12448 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12449
12450 ;;;***
12451 \f
12452 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
12453 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15192 12215))
12454 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
12455
12456 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12457 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
12458
12459 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12460 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
12461
12462 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12463 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
12464
12465 ;;;***
12466 \f
12467 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15192
12468 ;;;;;; 12215))
12469 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
12470
12471 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
12472 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
12473 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
12474 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
12475 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
12476 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
12477
12478 ;;;***
12479 \f
12480 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
12481 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
12482 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15192 12215))
12483 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
12484
12485 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12486 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
12487
12488 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
12489
12490 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12491 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
12492
12493 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12494 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
12495
12496 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12497 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
12498
12499 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12500
12501 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12502 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
12503
12504 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12505 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
12506
12507 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12508 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
12509
12510 ;;;***
12511 \f
12512 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
12513 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
12514 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15192
12515 ;;;;;; 12215))
12516 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
12517
12518 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
12519 Support extensible programmable completion.
12520 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
12521 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
12522
12523 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
12524 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
12525
12526 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
12527 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12528 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12529
12530 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
12531 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
12532
12533 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
12534 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12535 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12536
12537 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
12538 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
12539
12540 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
12541 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
12542
12543 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12544 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
12545 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
12546 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
12547 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
12548
12549 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12550 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
12551
12552 ;;;***
12553 \f
12554 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
12555 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
12556 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15279 8859))
12557 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
12558
12559 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
12560 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
12561 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
12562 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12563
12564 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
12565
12566 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
12567 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
12568 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
12569 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12570 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12571 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
12572 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
12573
12574 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
12575 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
12576 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
12577 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12578 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12579 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12580 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12581 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12582
12583 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
12584 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12585 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12586 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12587 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12588 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
12589
12590 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
12591 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12592 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12593 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12594 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12595 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12596 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12597
12598 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
12599
12600 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
12601 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
12602 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
12603
12604 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
12605 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
12606 NIL means never do it.
12607 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
12608 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
12609 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
12610
12611 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
12612 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
12613 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
12614
12615 ;;;***
12616 \f
12617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15192 12216))
12618 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
12619
12620 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
12621
12622 ;;;***
12623 \f
12624 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
12625 ;;;;;; (15297 22180))
12626 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
12627
12628 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
12629 Major mode for editing Perl code.
12630 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
12631 Tab indents for Perl code.
12632 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
12633 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
12634 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12635 \\{perl-mode-map}
12636 Variables controlling indentation style:
12637 `perl-tab-always-indent'
12638 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
12639 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12640 `perl-tab-to-comment'
12641 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
12642 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
12643 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
12644 `perl-nochange'
12645 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
12646 `perl-indent-level'
12647 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
12648 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
12649 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
12650 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
12651 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
12652 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
12653 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
12654 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
12655 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
12656 `perl-brace-offset'
12657 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
12658 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
12659 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
12660 this far to the right of the start of its line.
12661 `perl-label-offset'
12662 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
12663 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
12664 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
12665
12666 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
12667 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
12668 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
12669 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
12670 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
12671 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
12672 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
12673
12674 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
12675
12676 ;;;***
12677 \f
12678 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
12679 ;;;;;; (15306 37172))
12680 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
12681
12682 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
12683 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
12684 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
12685 afterwards settable by these commands:
12686 C-c < Move left after insertion.
12687 C-c > Move right after insertion.
12688 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
12689 C-c . Move down after insertion.
12690 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
12691 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
12692 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
12693 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
12694 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
12695 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
12696 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
12697 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
12698 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
12699 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
12700 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
12701 with these commands:
12702 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
12703 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
12704 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
12705 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
12706 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
12707 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
12708 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
12709 Return Move to beginning of next line.
12710 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
12711 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
12712 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
12713 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
12714 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
12715 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
12716 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
12717 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
12718 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
12719 You can manipulate text with these commands:
12720 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
12721 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
12722 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
12723 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
12724 text is saved in the kill ring.
12725 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
12726 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
12727 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
12728 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
12729 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
12730 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
12731 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
12732 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
12733 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
12734 commands if invoked soon enough.
12735 You can return to the previous mode with:
12736 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
12737 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
12738
12739 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
12740
12741 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
12742 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
12743
12744 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
12745
12746 ;;;***
12747 \f
12748 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15306 37170))
12749 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
12750
12751 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
12752 Play pong and waste time.
12753 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
12754 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
12755
12756 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
12757
12758 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
12759
12760 ;;;***
12761 \f
12762 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
12763 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15254 8041))
12764 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
12765
12766 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
12767 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
12768 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
12769 can handle, whenever this is possible.
12770 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
12771
12772 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
12773 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
12774 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
12775 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
12776 in the variable `values'." t nil)
12777
12778 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
12779 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
12780 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
12781 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
12782
12783 ;;;***
12784 \f
12785 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
12786 ;;;;;; (14729 20675))
12787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
12788
12789 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
12790 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
12791 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
12792 Commands:
12793 \\{prolog-mode-map}
12794 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
12795 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12796
12797 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
12798 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
12799
12800 ;;;***
12801 \f
12802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15272 42899))
12803 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
12804
12805 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
12806 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
12807 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
12808
12809 ;;;***
12810 \f
12811 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15192
12812 ;;;;;; 12245))
12813 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
12814
12815 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
12816 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
12817
12818 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
12819
12820 The following variables hold user options, and can
12821 be set through the `customize' command:
12822
12823 ps-mode-auto-indent
12824 ps-mode-tab
12825 ps-mode-paper-size
12826 ps-mode-print-function
12827 ps-run-prompt
12828 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
12829 ps-run-x
12830 ps-run-dumb
12831 ps-run-init
12832 ps-run-error-line-numbers
12833 ps-run-tmp-dir
12834
12835 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
12836
12837
12838 \\{ps-mode-map}
12839
12840
12841 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
12842 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
12843 The keymap for this second window is:
12844
12845 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
12846
12847
12848 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
12849 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
12850 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
12851 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
12852 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
12853 " t nil)
12854
12855 ;;;***
12856 \f
12857 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
12858 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
12859 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
12860 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15275 13004))
12861 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
12862
12863 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
12864 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
12865
12866 Valid values are:
12867
12868 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
12869 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
12870 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
12871 changed by setting the variable
12872 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
12873 The initial value of this variable is
12874 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
12875 documentation).
12876
12877 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
12878 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
12879 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
12880 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
12881 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
12882 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
12883 test it.
12884
12885 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
12886 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
12887 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
12888 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
12889 source file. BDF fonts are included in
12890 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
12891 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
12892 use this value, be sure to have installed
12893 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
12894 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
12895 documentation of this variable).
12896
12897 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
12898 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
12899 characters. This is convenient when you want or
12900 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
12901 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
12902 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
12903
12904 Any other value is treated as nil.")
12905
12906 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
12907 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
12908 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
12909
12910 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12911
12912 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
12913 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
12914
12915 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
12916
12917 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12918
12919 Returns the value:
12920
12921 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12922
12923 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12924 the sequence." nil nil)
12925
12926 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
12927 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
12928
12929 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
12930 composition.
12931
12932 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12933
12934 Returns the value:
12935
12936 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12937
12938 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12939 the sequence." nil nil)
12940
12941 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
12942 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
12943
12944 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
12945 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
12946 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\"." nil nil)
12947
12948 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
12949 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings." nil nil)
12950
12951 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
12952 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
12953 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
12954
12955 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12956
12957 ;;;***
12958 \f
12959 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
12960 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
12961 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
12962 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
12963 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
12964 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (15275 13004))
12965 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
12966
12967 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
12968 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
12969 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
12970 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
12971
12972 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
12973 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
12974
12975 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12976 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12977
12978 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
12979 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
12980 sending it to the printer.
12981
12982 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
12983 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
12984 image in a file with that name." t nil)
12985
12986 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12987 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12988 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12989 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12990 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12991
12992 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
12993 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12994 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
12995
12996 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12997 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12998 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12999 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13000 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
13001
13002 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13003 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
13004 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
13005 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
13006
13007 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13008
13009 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13010 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
13011 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13012 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13013 so it has a way to determine color values.
13014
13015 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13016
13017 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
13018 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
13019 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
13020
13021 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13022
13023 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
13024 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
13025 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
13026 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
13027 so it has a way to determine color values.
13028
13029 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
13030
13031 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
13032 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
13033
13034 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
13035 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
13036 instead of sending it to the printer.
13037
13038 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
13039 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
13040 image in a file with that name." t nil)
13041
13042 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
13043 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, using the
13044 current ps-print setup.
13045 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
13046 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
13047
13048 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
13049 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
13050 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
13051
13052 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
13053 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
13054 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
13055
13056 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
13057 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
13058
13059 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
13060 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13061
13062 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
13063 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13064
13065 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13066 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13067
13068 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
13069
13070 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
13071
13072 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
13073 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
13074
13075 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
13076 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
13077
13078 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
13079 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
13080
13081 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
13082
13083 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
13084
13085 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
13086
13087 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
13088 foreground and background colors respectively.
13089
13090 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
13091 bold - use bold font.
13092 italic - use italic font.
13093 underline - put a line under text.
13094 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
13095 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
13096 shadow - text will have a shadow.
13097 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
13098 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
13099
13100 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
13101
13102 ;;;***
13103 \f
13104 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
13105 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
13106 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
13107 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
13108 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15255 11737))
13109 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
13110
13111 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
13112 Return the title of the current Quail package." nil nil)
13113
13114 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
13115 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
13116 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
13117
13118 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
13119 `quail-activate', which see." nil nil)
13120
13121 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
13122 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
13123 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
13124 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
13125 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
13126 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
13127 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
13128
13129 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
13130 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
13131 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
13132 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
13133 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
13134 shown.
13135 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
13136
13137 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
13138 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
13139 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
13140 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
13141 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
13142 list of candidates.
13143
13144 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
13145 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
13146 command to be called.
13147
13148 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
13149 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
13150 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
13151 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
13152
13153 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
13154 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
13155 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
13156 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
13157 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
13158 to t.
13159
13160 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
13161 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
13162 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
13163 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
13164
13165 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
13166 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
13167 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
13168 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
13169
13170 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
13171 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
13172 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
13173 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
13174 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
13175 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
13176
13177 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
13178 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
13179 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
13180 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
13181 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
13182 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
13183
13184 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
13185 covers Quail translation region.
13186
13187 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
13188 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
13189 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
13190 for it) is inserted.
13191
13192 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
13193 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
13194 vs. corresponding command to be called.
13195
13196 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
13197 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
13198 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
13199
13200 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
13201 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
13202
13203 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
13204 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
13205 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
13206 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
13207 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
13208
13209 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
13210 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
13211
13212 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
13213 keyboard type." t nil)
13214
13215 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
13216 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
13217 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
13218 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
13219 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
13220 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
13221 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
13222 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
13223 for the translation.
13224 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13225
13226 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13227 it is used to handle KEY.
13228
13229 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
13230 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
13231 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
13232 the following annotation types are supported.
13233
13234 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
13235 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
13236
13237 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
13238 candidate list.
13239
13240 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
13241 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
13242 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
13243 inserted.
13244
13245 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
13246 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
13247
13248 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
13249 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
13250
13251 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
13252 which to install MAP.
13253
13254 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
13255
13256 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
13257 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
13258
13259 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
13260 which to install MAP.
13261
13262 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
13263
13264 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
13265 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
13266 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
13267 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
13268 a function, or a cons.
13269 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
13270 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
13271 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
13272 for the translation.
13273 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
13274 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
13275 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
13276 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
13277 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13278
13279 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13280 it is used to handle KEY.
13281
13282 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
13283 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
13284 current Quail package.
13285
13286 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
13287 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
13288
13289 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
13290 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
13291
13292 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
13293 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
13294
13295 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
13296
13297 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
13298 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
13299
13300 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
13301 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
13302 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
13303 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
13304 of the Emacs source tree.
13305
13306 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
13307 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
13308
13309 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
13310 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
13311 of each directory." t nil)
13312
13313 ;;;***
13314 \f
13315 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
13316 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
13317 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15192
13318 ;;;;;; 12237))
13319 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
13320
13321 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
13322 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
13323 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
13324 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
13325
13326 To make use of this do something like:
13327
13328 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
13329
13330 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
13331
13332 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
13333 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
13334
13335 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
13336 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13337 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13338
13339 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
13340 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
13341
13342 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
13343 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
13344
13345 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
13346 is decided." t nil)
13347
13348 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
13349 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
13350
13351 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
13352 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13353 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13354
13355 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
13356 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
13357
13358 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
13359 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
13360
13361 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
13362 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
13363
13364 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
13365
13366 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
13367
13368 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
13369 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
13370
13371 ;;;***
13372 \f
13373 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15192
13374 ;;;;;; 12237))
13375 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
13376
13377 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
13378 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
13379 See \\[compile]." t nil)
13380
13381 ;;;***
13382 \f
13383 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
13384 ;;;;;; (15192 12223))
13385 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
13386
13387 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
13388 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
13389
13390 ;;;***
13391 \f
13392 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
13393 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
13394 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (15210 48798))
13395 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
13396
13397 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
13398 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
13399
13400 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
13401 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
13402
13403 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
13404 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
13405
13406 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
13407 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
13408 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
13409 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
13410 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
13411
13412 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
13413 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
13414
13415 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
13416 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
13417 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13418 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13419 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
13420
13421 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13422
13423 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
13424
13425 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
13426 Toggle recentf mode.
13427 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
13428 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
13429
13430 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
13431 were operated on recently." t nil)
13432
13433 ;;;***
13434 \f
13435 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
13436 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
13437 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
13438 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15292
13439 ;;;;;; 25968))
13440 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
13441
13442 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
13443 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
13444 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
13445 spaces and tab.
13446
13447 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
13448 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
13449
13450 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
13451 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
13452 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
13453 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
13454 ends.
13455
13456 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13457 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
13458 to be deleted." t nil)
13459
13460 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13461 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13462 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
13463
13464 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13465 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13466 deleted." nil nil)
13467
13468 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13469 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13470 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
13471
13472 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
13473 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
13474
13475 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13476 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
13477
13478 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13479 deleted." t nil)
13480
13481 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
13482 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
13483
13484 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13485 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
13486 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
13487 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
13488 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
13489 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
13490 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
13491
13492 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
13493 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13494
13495 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
13496 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
13497
13498 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13499 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
13500 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
13501 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
13502
13503 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
13504 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
13505 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
13506 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
13507 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
13508
13509 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13510 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
13511
13512 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
13513 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
13514 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
13515
13516 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
13517
13518 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13519 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13520
13521 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13522 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
13523 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
13524
13525 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
13526 Blank out the region-rectangle.
13527 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
13528
13529 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13530 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
13531 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
13532
13533 ;;;***
13534 \f
13535 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (15306
13536 ;;;;;; 37172))
13537 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
13538
13539 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
13540 Toggle Refill minor mode.
13541 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
13542
13543 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
13544 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
13545 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
13546
13547 ;;;***
13548 \f
13549 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
13550 ;;;;;; (15192 12248))
13551 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
13552
13553 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
13554 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
13555
13556 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
13557 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
13558
13559 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
13560 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
13561
13562 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
13563 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
13564 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
13565 \\ref macro.
13566
13567 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
13568 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
13569 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
13570
13571 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
13572 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
13573 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
13574
13575 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
13576 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
13577
13578 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
13579 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
13580
13581 \\{reftex-mode-map}
13582 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
13583 on the menu bar.
13584
13585 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
13586
13587 ;;;***
13588 \f
13589 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
13590 ;;;;;; (15192 12247))
13591 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
13592
13593 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
13594 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
13595 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
13596 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
13597 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
13598 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
13599
13600 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
13601
13602 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
13603
13604 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
13605 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
13606 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
13607 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
13608
13609 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
13610 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
13611 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
13612 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
13613
13614 ;;;***
13615 \f
13616 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
13617 ;;;;;; (15192 12248))
13618 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
13619
13620 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
13621 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
13622 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
13623
13624 To insert new phrases, use
13625 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
13626 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
13627
13628 To index phrases use one of:
13629
13630 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
13631 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
13632 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
13633 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
13634 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
13635
13636 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
13637 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
13638
13639 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
13640
13641 Here are all local bindings.
13642
13643 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
13644
13645 ;;;***
13646 \f
13647 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
13648 ;;;;;; (15192 12223))
13649 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
13650
13651 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
13652 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
13653 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
13654 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
13655 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
13656 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
13657
13658 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
13659 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
13660
13661 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
13662 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
13663
13664 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
13665 Return the depth of REGEXP.
13666 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
13667 in REGEXP." nil nil)
13668
13669 ;;;***
13670 \f
13671 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15185 35996))
13672 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
13673
13674 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
13675 Repeat most recently executed command.
13676 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
13677 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
13678 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
13679
13680 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
13681 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
13682 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
13683
13684 ;;;***
13685 \f
13686 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
13687 ;;;;;; (15192 12235))
13688 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
13689
13690 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
13691 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
13692
13693 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
13694 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
13695 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
13696 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
13697 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
13698 and point is left after the salutation.
13699
13700 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
13701 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
13702 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
13703 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
13704 left after that text.
13705
13706 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
13707 is non-nil.
13708
13709 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
13710 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
13711 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
13712 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
13713
13714 ;;;***
13715 \f
13716 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
13717 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
13718 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
13719
13720 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
13721 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
13722 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
13723 visibility of comments that precede it.
13724 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
13725 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
13726 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
13727 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
13728 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
13729 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
13730 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
13731 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
13732 the comment lines.
13733 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
13734 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
13735 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
13736 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
13737 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
13738 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
13739
13740 ;;;***
13741 \f
13742 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
13743 ;;;;;; 50658))
13744 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
13745
13746 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
13747 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
13748
13749 ;;;***
13750 \f
13751 ;;;### (autoloads (read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties
13752 ;;;;;; read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow"
13753 ;;;;;; "rfn-eshadow.el" (15298 53573))
13754 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
13755
13756 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties (quote (face read-file-name-electric-shadow field shadow)) "\
13757 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
13758 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active.
13759 If emacs is not running under a window system,
13760 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
13761
13762 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
13763 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
13764 Only used when `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
13765 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
13766 system, `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
13767
13768 (defvar read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode nil "\
13769 Non-nil if Read-File-Name-Electric-Shadow mode is enabled.
13770 See the command `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13771 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13772 use either \\[customize] or the function `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode'.")
13773
13774 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13775
13776 (custom-add-load (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) (quote rfn-eshadow))
13777
13778 (autoload (quote read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
13779 Toggle Read-File-Name Electric Shadow mode
13780 When active, any part of the a filename being read in the minibuffer
13781 that would be ignored because the result is passed through
13782 `substitute-in-file-name' is given the properties in
13783 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
13784 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticable.
13785
13786 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
13787 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
13788
13789 ;;;***
13790 \f
13791 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
13792 ;;;;;; (14634 20460))
13793 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
13794
13795 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
13796 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
13797
13798 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
13799 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
13800
13801 ;;;***
13802 \f
13803 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
13804 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
13805 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13806
13807 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
13808 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
13809 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
13810 other arguments for `rlogin'.
13811
13812 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
13813
13814 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
13815 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
13816 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
13817 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
13818
13819 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
13820 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
13821
13822 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
13823 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
13824
13825 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
13826 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
13827 INPUT-ARGS.
13828
13829 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
13830 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
13831 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
13832 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
13833 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
13834
13835 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
13836 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
13837 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
13838 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
13839
13840 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
13841 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
13842 variable." t nil)
13843
13844 ;;;***
13845 \f
13846 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
13847 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
13848 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
13849 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
13850 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
13851 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
13852 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15269 48090))
13853 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
13854
13855 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
13856 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
13857 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
13858 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
13859
13860 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
13861 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
13862 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
13863 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
13864 value is the user's name.)
13865 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
13866
13867 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent:") "\
13868 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
13869 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
13870 which normally happens once for each message,
13871 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
13872 To make a change in this variable take effect
13873 for a message that you have already viewed,
13874 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
13875
13876 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
13877 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
13878 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
13879 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
13880
13881 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
13882 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
13883
13884 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
13885 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
13886 A value of nil means don't highlight.
13887 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
13888
13889 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
13890 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
13891
13892 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
13893 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
13894
13895 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
13896 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
13897 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
13898 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
13899 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
13900
13901 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
13902 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
13903
13904 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
13905 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
13906
13907 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
13908 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
13909
13910 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
13911 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
13912
13913 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
13914 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
13915
13916 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
13917 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
13918
13919 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
13920 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
13921
13922 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
13923 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
13924
13925 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
13926 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
13927 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
13928 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
13929
13930 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
13931 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
13932
13933 This is set to nil by default.")
13934
13935 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
13936 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
13937 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
13938 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
13939 until a user explicitly requires it.")
13940
13941 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
13942 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
13943 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13944 It is called with no argument.")
13945
13946 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
13947 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
13948 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13949 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
13950 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
13951 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
13952
13953 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
13954 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
13955 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13956 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
13957 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
13958 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
13959
13960 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
13961 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
13962 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13963 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
13964 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
13965
13966 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
13967 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
13968 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13969 It is called with four arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
13970 MSG is the message number,
13971 REGEXP is the regular expression,
13972 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
13973
13974 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
13975 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
13976 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
13977 this feature is required with `require'.")
13978
13979 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
13980 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
13981 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
13982 the message is decoded as normal way.
13983
13984 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
13985 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
13986 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
13987
13988 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
13989 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
13990 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
13991
13992 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
13993 Read and edit incoming mail.
13994 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
13995 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
13996 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
13997
13998 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
13999 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
14000 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
14001 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
14002
14003 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
14004
14005 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
14006 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
14007 All normal editing commands are turned off.
14008 Instead, these commands are available:
14009
14010 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
14011 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
14012 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
14013 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
14014 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
14015 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
14016 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
14017 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
14018 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
14019 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
14020 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
14021 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
14022 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
14023 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
14024 till a deleted message is found.
14025 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
14026 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
14027 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
14028 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
14029 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
14030 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
14031 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
14032 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
14033 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
14034 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
14035 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
14036 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
14037 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
14038 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
14039 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
14040 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
14041 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
14042 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
14043 (label defaults to last one specified).
14044 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
14045 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
14046 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
14047 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
14048 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
14049 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
14050 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
14051 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
14052 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
14053
14054 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
14055 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
14056
14057 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
14058 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
14059
14060 ;;;***
14061 \f
14062 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
14063 ;;;;;; (15192 12236))
14064 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
14065
14066 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
14067 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
14068
14069 ;;;***
14070 \f
14071 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
14072 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
14073 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15192 12236))
14074 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
14075
14076 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
14077 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
14078 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
14079
14080 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
14081 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
14082 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
14083
14084 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
14085
14086 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
14087 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
14088 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
14089 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
14090 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
14091
14092 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
14093 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
14094 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
14095 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
14096 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
14097
14098 ;;;***
14099 \f
14100 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
14101 ;;;;;; (15192 12236))
14102 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
14103
14104 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
14105 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
14106 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
14107 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
14108
14109 ;;;***
14110 \f
14111 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
14112 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
14113 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15192 12236))
14114 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
14115
14116 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
14117 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
14118 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
14119 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
14120 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
14121 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
14122 a file name as a string.")
14123
14124 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
14125 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
14126 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
14127 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
14128 buffer visiting that file.
14129 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
14130 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
14131
14132 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
14133 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
14134
14135 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
14136 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
14137
14138 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
14139 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
14140
14141 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
14142 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
14143
14144 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
14145 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
14146 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
14147 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
14148 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
14149
14150 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
14151 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
14152 will be appended with their original headers.
14153
14154 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
14155 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
14156
14157 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
14158 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
14159
14160 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
14161
14162 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
14163 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
14164 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
14165
14166 ;;;***
14167 \f
14168 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
14169 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
14170 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15192
14171 ;;;;;; 12236))
14172 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
14173
14174 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
14175 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
14176 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14177
14178 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
14179 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
14180 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14181
14182 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
14183 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
14184 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14185
14186 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
14187 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
14188 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14189
14190 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
14191 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
14192 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14193
14194 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
14195 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
14196 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
14197
14198 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
14199 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
14200 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
14201 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
14202
14203 ;;;***
14204 \f
14205 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
14206 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
14207 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
14208 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
14209 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15315 52173))
14210 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
14211
14212 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
14213 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
14214
14215 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
14216 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
14217
14218 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
14219 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
14220
14221 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
14222 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
14223 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
14224
14225 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
14226 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
14227 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
14228 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
14229 only look in the To and From fields.
14230 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
14231
14232 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
14233 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
14234 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
14235 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
14236 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
14237
14238 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
14239 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
14240 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
14241 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
14242 look in the whole message.
14243 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
14244
14245 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
14246 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
14247 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
14248
14249 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
14250 *Function to decode summary-line.
14251
14252 By default, `identity' is set.")
14253
14254 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
14255 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
14256 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
14257 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
14258 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
14259 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
14260 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
14261
14262 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
14263 sent by you under different user names.
14264 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
14265
14266 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
14267
14268 ;;;***
14269 \f
14270 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
14271 ;;;;;; (15192 12238))
14272 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
14273
14274 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
14275 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
14276 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
14277 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
14278
14279 ;;;***
14280 \f
14281 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
14282 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (15192 12217))
14283 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
14284
14285 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
14286 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
14287 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
14288
14289 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
14290 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
14291 in rot 13.
14292
14293 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'." t nil)
14294
14295 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
14296 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
14297
14298 ;;;***
14299 \f
14300 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
14301 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
14302 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
14303 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
14304 ;;;;;; (15245 60238))
14305 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
14306
14307 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
14308 *This variable is obsolete.")
14309
14310 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14311
14312 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
14313
14314 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
14315 *This variable is obsolete.")
14316
14317 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
14318 *This variable is obsolete.")
14319
14320 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
14321 *This variable is obsolete.")
14322
14323 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
14324 *This variable is obsolete.")
14325
14326 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
14327 *This variable is obsolete.")
14328
14329 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
14330 This function is obsolete." t nil)
14331
14332 ;;;***
14333 \f
14334 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (15298
14335 ;;;;;; 59689))
14336 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
14337
14338 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
14339 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0." t nil)
14340
14341 ;;;***
14342 \f
14343 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15288
14344 ;;;;;; 6955))
14345 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
14346
14347 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
14348 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
14349 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
14350 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result." nil nil)
14351
14352 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
14353 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
14354 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
14355
14356 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
14357 notation.
14358
14359 STRING
14360 matches string STRING literally.
14361
14362 CHAR
14363 matches character CHAR literally.
14364
14365 `not-newline'
14366 matches any character except a newline.
14367 .
14368 `anything'
14369 matches any character
14370
14371 `(any SET)'
14372 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
14373 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
14374
14375 '(in SET)'
14376 like `any'.
14377
14378 `(not (any SET))'
14379 matches any character not in SET
14380
14381 `line-start'
14382 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
14383 in the text being matched
14384
14385 `line-end'
14386 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
14387
14388 `string-start'
14389 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
14390 string being matched against.
14391
14392 `string-end'
14393 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
14394 string being matched against.
14395
14396 `buffer-start'
14397 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
14398 buffer being matched against.
14399
14400 `buffer-end'
14401 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
14402 buffer being matched against.
14403
14404 `point'
14405 matches the empty string, but only at point.
14406
14407 `word-start'
14408 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
14409 word.
14410
14411 `word-end'
14412 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
14413
14414 `word-boundary'
14415 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
14416 word.
14417
14418 `(not word-boundary)'
14419 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
14420 word.
14421
14422 `digit'
14423 matches 0 through 9.
14424
14425 `control'
14426 matches ASCII control characters.
14427
14428 `hex-digit'
14429 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
14430
14431 `blank'
14432 matches space and tab only.
14433
14434 `graphic'
14435 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
14436 space, and DEL.
14437
14438 `printing'
14439 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
14440 and DEL.
14441
14442 `alphanumeric'
14443 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14444 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
14445
14446 `letter'
14447 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14448 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
14449
14450 `ascii'
14451 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
14452
14453 `nonascii'
14454 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
14455
14456 `lower'
14457 matches anything lower-case.
14458
14459 `upper'
14460 matches anything upper-case.
14461
14462 `punctuation'
14463 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14464 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
14465
14466 `space'
14467 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
14468
14469 `word'
14470 matches anything that has word syntax.
14471
14472 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
14473 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
14474 of the following symbols.
14475
14476 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
14477 `punctuation' (\\s.)
14478 `word' (\\sw)
14479 `symbol' (\\s_)
14480 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
14481 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
14482 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
14483 `string-quote' (\\s\")
14484 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
14485 `escape' (\\s\\)
14486 `character-quote' (\\s/)
14487 `comment-start' (\\s<)
14488 `comment-end' (\\s>)
14489
14490 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
14491 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
14492
14493 `(category CATEGORY)'
14494 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
14495 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
14496
14497 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
14498 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
14499 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
14500 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
14501 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
14502 `symbol' (\\c5)
14503 `digit' (\\c6)
14504 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
14505 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
14506 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
14507 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
14508 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
14509 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
14510 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
14511 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
14512 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
14513 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
14514 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
14515 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
14516 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
14517 `ascii' (\\ca)
14518 `arabic' (\\cb)
14519 `chinese' (\\cc)
14520 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
14521 `greek' (\\cg)
14522 `korean' (\\ch)
14523 `indian' (\\ci)
14524 `japanese' (\\cj)
14525 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
14526 `latin' (\\cl)
14527 `lao' (\\co)
14528 `tibetan' (\\cq)
14529 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
14530 `thai' (\\ct)
14531 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
14532 `hebrew' (\\cw)
14533 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
14534 `can-break' (\\c|)
14535
14536 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
14537 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
14538
14539 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14540 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
14541
14542 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14543 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
14544 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
14545
14546 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14547 another name for `submatch'.
14548
14549 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14550 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
14551 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
14552 regular expression.
14553
14554 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
14555 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
14556 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
14557 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
14558 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
14559
14560 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
14561 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
14562
14563 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
14564 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
14565
14566 `(0+ SEXP)'
14567 like `zero-or-more'.
14568
14569 `(* SEXP)'
14570 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
14571
14572 `(*? SEXP)'
14573 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
14574
14575 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
14576 matches one or more occurrences of A.
14577
14578 `(1+ SEXP)'
14579 like `one-or-more'.
14580
14581 `(+ SEXP)'
14582 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
14583
14584 `(+? SEXP)'
14585 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
14586
14587 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
14588 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
14589
14590 `(optional SEXP)'
14591 like `zero-or-one'.
14592
14593 `(? SEXP)'
14594 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
14595
14596 `(?? SEXP)'
14597 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
14598
14599 `(repeat N SEXP)'
14600 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
14601
14602 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
14603 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
14604
14605 `(eval FORM)'
14606 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
14607 `regexp-quote' it.
14608
14609 `(regexp REGEXP)'
14610 include REGEXP in string notation in the result." nil (quote macro))
14611
14612 ;;;***
14613 \f
14614 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
14615 ;;;;;; (15192 12245))
14616 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
14617
14618 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
14619 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
14620 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
14621
14622 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
14623 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
14624 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
14625 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
14626 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
14627 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
14628 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
14629 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
14630
14631 Commands:
14632 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14633 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
14634 \\{scheme-mode-map}
14635 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
14636 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
14637
14638 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
14639 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
14640 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
14641
14642 Commands:
14643 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14644 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
14645 \\{scheme-mode-map}
14646 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
14647 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
14648 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
14649
14650 ;;;***
14651 \f
14652 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
14653 ;;;;;; (14791 59103))
14654 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
14655
14656 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
14657 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
14658 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
14659
14660 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
14661
14662 ;;;***
14663 \f
14664 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15306
14665 ;;;;;; 37172))
14666 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
14667
14668 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
14669 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
14670 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
14671 \\{scribe-mode-map}
14672
14673 Interesting variables:
14674
14675 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
14676 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
14677
14678 `scribe-electric-quote'
14679 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
14680
14681 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
14682 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
14683 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
14684
14685 ;;;***
14686 \f
14687 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all"
14688 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (15192 12217))
14689 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
14690
14691 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
14692 Control/track scroll locking.
14693
14694 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14695 use either M-x customize or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
14696
14697 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14698
14699 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
14700
14701 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
14702 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode." t nil)
14703
14704 ;;;***
14705 \f
14706 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
14707 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
14708 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function
14709 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind
14710 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el"
14711 ;;;;;; (15292 25972))
14712 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
14713
14714 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
14715 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
14716
14717 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
14718 king@grassland.com
14719 If `parens', they look like:
14720 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14721 If `angles', they look like:
14722 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14723 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
14724 derived from the envelope-from address.
14725
14726 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
14727 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
14728 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
14729 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
14730
14731 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
14732 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
14733 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
14734 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
14735
14736 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
14737 is a privileged operation.")
14738
14739 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
14740 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
14741 This is done when the message is initialized,
14742 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
14743
14744 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
14745 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
14746 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
14747
14748 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
14749 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
14750
14751 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
14752 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14753 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
14754 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
14755 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
14756 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
14757 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
14758
14759 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
14760 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
14761
14762 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
14763 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
14764 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
14765
14766 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
14767 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
14768 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
14769 when you first send mail.")
14770
14771 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
14772 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
14773 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
14774 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
14775 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
14776
14777 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
14778 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
14779 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
14780 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
14781 This file need not actually exist.")
14782
14783 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
14784 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
14785 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
14786 If a string, that string is inserted.
14787 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
14788 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
14789 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
14790 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
14791
14792 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
14793 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
14794 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
14795 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
14796 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14797 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
14798 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
14799 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
14800 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
14801 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
14802 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
14803 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
14804 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
14805 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14806 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
14807
14808 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
14809 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
14810 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
14811 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
14812 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
14813 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
14814
14815 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
14816 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
14817 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
14818
14819 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
14820 User should not set this variable manually,
14821 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
14822 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
14823 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
14824 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
14825
14826 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
14827 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
14828 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
14829 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
14830
14831 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
14832 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
14833
14834 \\<mail-mode-map>
14835 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
14836
14837 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
14838 to move to message header fields:
14839 \\{mail-mode-map}
14840
14841 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
14842 when the message is initialized.
14843
14844 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
14845 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
14846
14847 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
14848 is inserted.
14849
14850 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
14851 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
14852
14853 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
14854 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
14855
14856 The second through fifth arguments,
14857 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
14858 the initial contents of those header fields.
14859 These arguments should not have final newlines.
14860 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
14861 original message being replied to, or else an action
14862 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
14863 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
14864 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
14865 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
14866 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
14867 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
14868
14869 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
14870 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
14871
14872 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
14873 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
14874
14875 ;;;***
14876 \f
14877 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (15260 28028))
14878 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
14879
14880 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
14881 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
14882 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
14883 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
14884 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
14885 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
14886
14887 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
14888
14889 ;;;***
14890 \f
14891 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
14892 ;;;;;; (15317 28322))
14893 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
14894
14895 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14896 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
14897 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
14898 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
14899 `sgml-quick-keys'.
14900
14901 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
14902 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
14903 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
14904
14905 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
14906 your `.emacs' file.
14907
14908 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
14909
14910 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14911 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
14912 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
14913
14914 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14915 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
14916 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
14917 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
14918 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
14919 which this is based.
14920
14921 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14922
14923 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
14924 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
14925 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
14926 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
14927
14928 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
14929 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
14930 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
14931
14932 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
14933 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
14934 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
14935 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
14936
14937 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
14938 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
14939 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
14940 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
14941
14942 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
14943
14944 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
14945 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
14946 To work around that, do:
14947 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
14948
14949 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
14950
14951 ;;;***
14952 \f
14953 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
14954 ;;;;;; (15306 37171))
14955 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
14956
14957 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
14958
14959 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
14960 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
14961 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
14962 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
14963 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
14964 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
14965
14966 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
14967 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
14968 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
14969 shell-specific features.
14970
14971 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
14972 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
14973 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
14974
14975 \\[sh-case] case statement
14976 \\[sh-for] for loop
14977 \\[sh-function] function definition
14978 \\[sh-if] if statement
14979 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
14980 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
14981 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
14982 \\[sh-select] select loop
14983 \\[sh-until] until loop
14984 \\[sh-while] while loop
14985
14986 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
14987 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
14988 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
14989 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
14990 would indent to the way it currently is.
14991 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
14992 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
14993
14994
14995 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
14996 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
14997 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
14998 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
14999 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
15000 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
15001
15002 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
15003 {, (, [, ', \", `
15004 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
15005
15006 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
15007 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
15008 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
15009
15010 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
15011 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
15012
15013 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
15014
15015 ;;;***
15016 \f
15017 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
15018 ;;;;;; (15192 12223))
15019 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
15020
15021 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
15022 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
15023
15024 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
15025 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
15026 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
15027 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
15028 the earlier.
15029
15030 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
15031
15032 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
15033
15034 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
15035 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
15036 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
15037
15038 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
15039 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
15040
15041 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
15042 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
15043 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
15044 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
15045 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
15046 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
15047 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
15048 emacs version).
15049
15050 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
15051 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
15052 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
15053 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
15054 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
15055
15056 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
15057 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
15058 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
15059
15060 ;;;***
15061 \f
15062 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
15063 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (15192
15064 ;;;;;; 12217))
15065 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
15066
15067 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
15068 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
15069 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
15070 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
15071 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
15072 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
15073 in the cluster." t nil)
15074
15075 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
15076 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
15077 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
15078 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
15079 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
15080
15081 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
15082 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
15083 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
15084 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
15085 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
15086 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
15087 `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
15088
15089 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
15090 Set up file shadowing." t nil)
15091
15092 ;;;***
15093 \f
15094 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
15095 ;;;;;; (15186 41418))
15096 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
15097
15098 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
15099 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
15100 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
15101 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
15102 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
15103 arguments.")
15104
15105 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
15106 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
15107 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
15108 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
15109 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
15110 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
15111 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
15112 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
15113 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
15114 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
15115 discards input when it starts up.)
15116 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
15117 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
15118 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
15119
15120 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15121 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15122 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15123 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
15124 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15125 `default-process-coding-system'.
15126
15127 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
15128 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
15129 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
15130 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
15131
15132 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15133 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
15134
15135 ;;;***
15136 \f
15137 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15192
15138 ;;;;;; 12245))
15139 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
15140
15141 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
15142 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
15143 \\{simula-mode-map}
15144 Variables controlling indentation style:
15145 simula-tab-always-indent
15146 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
15147 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
15148 simula-indent-level
15149 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
15150 simula-substatement-offset
15151 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
15152 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
15153 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
15154 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
15155 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
15156 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
15157 simula-label-offset -4711
15158 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
15159 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
15160 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
15161 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
15162 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
15163 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
15164 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
15165 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
15166 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
15167 simula-electric-indent nil
15168 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
15169 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
15170 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
15171 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
15172 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
15173 or nil if they should not be changed.
15174 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
15175 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
15176 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
15177 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
15178
15179 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
15180 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
15181
15182 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
15183 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
15184 at all." t nil)
15185
15186 ;;;***
15187 \f
15188 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
15189 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
15190 ;;;;;; (15186 41418))
15191 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
15192
15193 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
15194 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
15195
15196 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
15197 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
15198 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
15199 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
15200 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
15201
15202 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
15203 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
15204 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
15205 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
15206 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
15207 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
15208 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
15209
15210 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
15211 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
15212 ignored." t nil)
15213
15214 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
15215 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
15216 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
15217 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
15218 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
15219 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
15220 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
15221
15222 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
15223 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
15224 ignored." t nil)
15225
15226 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
15227 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
15228
15229 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
15230 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
15231 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
15232 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
15233
15234 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
15235 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
15236 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
15237 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
15238
15239 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
15240 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
15241 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
15242
15243 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
15244 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
15245
15246 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
15247 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
15248
15249 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
15250 _ interesting point, interregion here
15251 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
15252 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
15253 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
15254 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
15255 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
15256 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
15257 nil skipped
15258
15259 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
15260 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
15261
15262 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
15263 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
15264 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
15265 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
15266 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
15267 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
15268 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
15269 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
15270
15271 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
15272 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
15273 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
15274 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
15275 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
15276 available:
15277
15278 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
15279 then: insert previously read string once more
15280 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
15281 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
15282 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
15283
15284 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
15285 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
15286
15287 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
15288 Insert the character you type ARG times.
15289
15290 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
15291 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
15292 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
15293 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
15294 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
15295 such as backslash.
15296
15297 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
15298 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
15299 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
15300
15301 ;;;***
15302 \f
15303 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (15209
15304 ;;;;;; 13374))
15305 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
15306
15307 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
15308 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
15309 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
15310
15311 ;;;***
15312 \f
15313 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
15314 ;;;;;; (14906 580))
15315 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
15316
15317 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
15318 Display textual smileys as images.
15319 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
15320 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
15321 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil)
15322
15323 ;;;***
15324 \f
15325 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
15326 ;;;;;; (15311 55090))
15327 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
15328
15329 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
15330
15331 ;;;***
15332 \f
15333 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15292 25972))
15334 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
15335
15336 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
15337 Play the Snake game.
15338 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
15339
15340 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
15341
15342 snake-mode keybindings:
15343 \\<snake-mode-map>
15344 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
15345 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
15346 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
15347 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
15348 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
15349 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
15350 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
15351
15352 " t nil)
15353
15354 ;;;***
15355 \f
15356 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
15357 ;;;;;; (15192 12237))
15358 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
15359
15360 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
15361 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
15362 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
15363 Tab indents for C code.
15364 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
15365 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15366 \\{snmp-mode-map}
15367 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
15368 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
15369
15370 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
15371 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
15372 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
15373 Tab indents for C code.
15374 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
15375 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15376 \\{snmp-mode-map}
15377 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
15378 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
15379
15380 ;;;***
15381 \f
15382 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
15383 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
15384 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15192 12221))
15385 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
15386
15387 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
15388 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
15389
15390 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
15391 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
15392 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
15393
15394 For example, the form
15395
15396 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
15397 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
15398
15399 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
15400
15401 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
15402 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
15403
15404 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
15405 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
15406 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
15407 York City.
15408
15409 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15410
15411 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
15412 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
15413
15414 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
15415 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
15416 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
15417 York City.
15418
15419 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15420
15421 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
15422 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
15423 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
15424 pair.
15425
15426 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15427
15428 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
15429 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
15430 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
15431
15432 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
15433 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
15434
15435 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
15436
15437 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
15438 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
15439 Requires floating point." nil nil)
15440
15441 ;;;***
15442 \f
15443 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
15444 ;;;;;; 20348))
15445 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
15446
15447 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
15448 Play Solitaire.
15449
15450 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
15451 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
15452 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
15453 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
15454 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
15455 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
15456 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
15457 check after each move or undo)
15458
15459 What is Solitaire?
15460
15461 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
15462 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
15463 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
15464
15465 Le Solitaire
15466 ============
15467
15468 o o o
15469
15470 o o o
15471
15472 o o o o o o o
15473
15474 o o o . o o o
15475
15476 o o o o o o o
15477
15478 o o o
15479
15480 o o o
15481
15482 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
15483 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
15484 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
15485 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
15486
15487 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
15488 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
15489 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
15490 this: o o .
15491
15492 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
15493 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
15494
15495 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
15496
15497 o o o
15498
15499 . o o
15500
15501 o o . o o o o
15502
15503 o . o o o o o
15504
15505 o o o o o o o
15506
15507 o o o
15508
15509 o o o
15510
15511 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
15512
15513 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
15514
15515 ;;;***
15516 \f
15517 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
15518 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
15519 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (15192 12217))
15520 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
15521
15522 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
15523 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
15524 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
15525
15526 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
15527 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
15528 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
15529 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
15530 contiguous.
15531
15532 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
15533 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
15534 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15535 the sort order.
15536
15537 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
15538 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
15539
15540 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
15541 It moves point to the start of the next record.
15542 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
15543 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
15544 is called.
15545
15546 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
15547 It should move point to the end of the record.
15548
15549 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
15550 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
15551 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
15552 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
15553 starts at the beginning of the record.
15554
15555 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
15556 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
15557 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
15558
15559 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
15560 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
15561 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15562 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
15563 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15564 the sort order." t nil)
15565
15566 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
15567 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
15568 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15569 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
15570 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15571 the sort order." t nil)
15572
15573 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
15574 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
15575 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15576 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
15577 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15578 the sort order." t nil)
15579
15580 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
15581 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
15582 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
15583 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
15584 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
15585 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
15586 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
15587 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15588 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
15589
15590 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
15591 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
15592 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
15593 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
15594 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15595 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
15596 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15597 the sort order." t nil)
15598
15599 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
15600 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
15601 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
15602 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
15603 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
15604 is to be used for sorting.
15605 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
15606 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
15607 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
15608 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
15609 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
15610
15611 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
15612
15613 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15614 the sort order.
15615
15616 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
15617 starting with the letter \"f\",
15618 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
15619
15620 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
15621 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
15622 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
15623 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
15624 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
15625 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
15626 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15627 the sort order.
15628
15629 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
15630 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
15631 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
15632 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
15633 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
15634
15635 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
15636 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
15637 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
15638
15639 ;;;***
15640 \f
15641 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
15642 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15192 12218))
15643 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
15644
15645 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
15646
15647 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
15648 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
15649 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
15650 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
15651 supported at a time.
15652 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
15653 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
15654
15655 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
15656 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
15657 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
15658 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
15659
15660 ;;;***
15661 \f
15662 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
15663 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15192 12248))
15664 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
15665
15666 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15667
15668 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
15669 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
15670 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
15671 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
15672 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
15673 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
15674
15675 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
15676 Check spelling of word at or before point.
15677 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
15678 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
15679
15680 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
15681 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
15682 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
15683 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
15684 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
15685
15686 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
15687 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
15688
15689 ;;;***
15690 \f
15691 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14821
15692 ;;;;;; 31351))
15693 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
15694
15695 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
15696 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
15697
15698 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
15699 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
15700
15701 ;;;***
15702 \f
15703 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres
15704 ;;;;;; sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode
15705 ;;;;;; sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15234 3951))
15706 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
15707
15708 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
15709 Show short help for the SQL modes.
15710
15711 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
15712 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
15713
15714 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
15715
15716 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
15717
15718 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
15719
15720 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
15721 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
15722 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
15723 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
15724 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
15725 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
15726 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
15727 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
15728
15729 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
15730
15731 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
15732 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
15733 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
15734 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
15735
15736 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
15737 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
15738 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
15739 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
15740
15741 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
15742 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
15743 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
15744
15745 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
15746 Major mode to edit SQL.
15747
15748 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
15749 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
15750 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
15751
15752 \\{sql-mode-map}
15753 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
15754
15755 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
15756 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
15757 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
15758 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
15759 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
15760 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
15761
15762 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
15763 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
15764
15765 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
15766 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
15767
15768 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15769 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15770 `*SQL*'.
15771
15772 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
15773 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
15774 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
15775 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
15776
15777 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15778 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15779
15780 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15781 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15782 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15783 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15784 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15785 `default-process-coding-system'.
15786
15787 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15788
15789 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
15790 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
15791
15792 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15793 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15794 `*SQL*'.
15795
15796 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
15797 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
15798 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
15799 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
15800
15801 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15802 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15803
15804 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15805 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15806 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15807 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15808 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15809 `default-process-coding-system'.
15810
15811 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15812
15813 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
15814 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
15815
15816 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15817 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15818 `*SQL*'.
15819
15820 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
15821 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
15822
15823 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15824 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15825
15826 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15827 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15828 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15829 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15830 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15831 `default-process-coding-system'.
15832
15833 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15834
15835 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
15836 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
15837
15838 Note that the widespread idea that mysql is free software is inaccurate;
15839 its license is too restrictive. We urge you to use PostGres instead.
15840
15841 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15842 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15843 `*SQL*'.
15844
15845 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
15846 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
15847 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
15848 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
15849
15850 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15851 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15852
15853 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15854 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15855 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15856 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15857 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15858 `default-process-coding-system'.
15859
15860 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15861
15862 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
15863 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
15864
15865 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15866 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15867 `*SQL*'.
15868
15869 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
15870 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
15871 defaults, if set.
15872
15873 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15874 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15875
15876 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15877 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15878 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15879 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15880 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15881 `default-process-coding-system'.
15882
15883 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15884
15885 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
15886 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
15887
15888 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15889 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15890 `*SQL*'.
15891
15892 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
15893 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
15894
15895 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15896 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15897
15898 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15899 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15900 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15901 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15902 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15903 `default-process-coding-system'.
15904
15905 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15906
15907 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
15908 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
15909
15910 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15911 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15912 `*SQL*'.
15913
15914 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
15915 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
15916 as defaults, if set.
15917
15918 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15919 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15920
15921 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15922 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15923 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15924 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15925 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15926 `default-process-coding-system'.
15927
15928 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15929
15930 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
15931 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
15932
15933 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15934 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15935 `*SQL*'.
15936
15937 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
15938 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
15939 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
15940 `sql-postgres-options'.
15941
15942 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15943 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15944
15945 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15946 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15947 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15948 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15949 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15950 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
15951 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
15952 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
15953
15954 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
15955 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
15956
15957 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15958
15959 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
15960 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
15961
15962 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15963 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15964 `*SQL*'.
15965
15966 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
15967 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
15968 defaults, if set.
15969
15970 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15971 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15972
15973 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15974 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15975 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15976 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15977 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15978 `default-process-coding-system'.
15979
15980 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15981
15982 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
15983 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
15984
15985 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15986 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15987 `*SQL*'.
15988
15989 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
15990 automatic login.
15991
15992 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15993 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15994
15995 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
15996 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
15997 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
15998 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
15999
16000 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
16001 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
16002 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
16003 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
16004 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
16005 `default-process-coding-system'.
16006
16007 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
16008
16009 ;;;***
16010 \f
16011 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
16012 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
16013 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
16014 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
16015 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el"
16016 ;;;;;; (14789 50514))
16017 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
16018
16019 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
16020 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled.
16021 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize
16022 or M-x strokes-mode.")
16023
16024 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16025
16026 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
16027
16028 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
16029 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
16030 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
16031 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
16032 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
16033 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
16034
16035 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
16036
16037 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
16038 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
16039 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
16040 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
16041 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
16042 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
16043 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
16044
16045 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16046 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
16047 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
16048 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
16049 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
16050 then complete the stroke with button3.
16051 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
16052
16053 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
16054 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
16055 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
16056
16057 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16058 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
16059 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
16060
16061 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
16062 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
16063
16064 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
16065
16066 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
16067 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
16068
16069 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
16070 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
16071
16072 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
16073
16074 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
16075 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
16076 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
16077 chronologically by command name.
16078 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
16079
16080 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
16081 Toggle strokes being enabled.
16082 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
16083 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
16084 mode in all buffers when activated.
16085 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
16086 new strokes with
16087
16088 > M-x global-set-stroke
16089
16090 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
16091 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
16092 strokes with
16093
16094 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
16095 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
16096
16097 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
16098 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
16099 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
16100 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
16101
16102 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
16103 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
16104
16105 ;;;***
16106 \f
16107 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-word studlify-region) "studly" "play/studly.el"
16108 ;;;;;; (15223 37897))
16109 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
16110
16111 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
16112 Studlify-case the region" t nil)
16113
16114 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
16115 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument" t nil)
16116
16117 ;;;***
16118 \f
16119 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
16120 ;;;;;; (15192 12236))
16121 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
16122
16123 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
16124 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
16125 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
16126 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
16127 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
16128 original message but it does require a few things:
16129
16130 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
16131
16132 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
16133 reply buffer.
16134
16135 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
16136 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
16137 original message.
16138
16139 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
16140
16141 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
16142
16143 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
16144 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
16145 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
16146
16147 ;;;***
16148 \f
16149 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (15306
16150 ;;;;;; 37167))
16151 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
16152
16153 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
16154 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
16155 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
16156 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
16157
16158 If the caller knows the PPSS of a nearby position, she can pass it
16159 in OLP-PPSS (with or without its corresponding OLD-POS) to try and
16160 avoid a more expansive scan.
16161 Point is at POS when this function returns." nil nil)
16162
16163 ;;;***
16164 \f
16165 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
16166 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
16167
16168 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
16169 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
16170 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
16171 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
16172 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
16173
16174 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
16175 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
16176 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
16177 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
16178 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
16179 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
16180 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
16181
16182 ;;;***
16183 \f
16184 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15192 12218))
16185 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
16186
16187 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
16188 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
16189
16190 ;;;***
16191 \f
16192 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15292 25969))
16193 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
16194
16195 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
16196 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
16197 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
16198 Letters no longer insert themselves.
16199 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
16200 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
16201 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
16202
16203 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
16204 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
16205 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
16206 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
16207
16208 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
16209 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
16210
16211 ;;;***
16212 \f
16213 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
16214 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15301 19234))
16215 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
16216
16217 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
16218 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
16219 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
16220 Tab indents for Tcl code.
16221 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16222 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16223
16224 Variables controlling indentation style:
16225 `tcl-indent-level'
16226 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
16227 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
16228 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
16229
16230 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
16231 documentation for details):
16232 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
16233 Controls action of TAB key.
16234 `tcl-auto-newline'
16235 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
16236 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
16237 `tcl-electric-hash-style'
16238 Controls action of `#' key.
16239 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
16240 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
16241 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
16242
16243 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
16244 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
16245 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
16246 already exist.
16247
16248 Commands:
16249 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
16250
16251 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
16252 Run inferior Tcl process.
16253 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
16254 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
16255
16256 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
16257 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
16258 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
16259
16260 ;;;***
16261 \f
16262 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15242 17023))
16263 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
16264 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
16265
16266 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
16267 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
16268 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
16269 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
16270 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
16271 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
16272 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
16273 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
16274
16275 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
16276 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
16277 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
16278 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
16279
16280 ;;;***
16281 \f
16282 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15192
16283 ;;;;;; 12218))
16284 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
16285
16286 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
16287 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
16288 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
16289 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
16290 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
16291 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
16292
16293 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
16294 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
16295
16296 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
16297 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
16298
16299 ;;;***
16300 \f
16301 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15192
16302 ;;;;;; 12218))
16303 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
16304
16305 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
16306 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
16307 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
16308 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
16309 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
16310 program as keyboard input.
16311
16312 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
16313 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
16314 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
16315 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
16316
16317 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
16318 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
16319 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
16320 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
16321 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
16322
16323 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
16324
16325 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
16326 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
16327 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
16328 terminal-redisplay-interval.
16329
16330 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
16331 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
16332 subprocess started." t nil)
16333
16334 ;;;***
16335 \f
16336 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15292 25972))
16337 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
16338
16339 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
16340 Play the Tetris game.
16341 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
16342 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
16343 as to form complete rows.
16344
16345 tetris-mode keybindings:
16346 \\<tetris-mode-map>
16347 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
16348 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
16349 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
16350 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
16351 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
16352 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
16353 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
16354 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
16355
16356 " t nil)
16357
16358 ;;;***
16359 \f
16360 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
16361 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
16362 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16363 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
16364 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
16365 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
16366 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
16367 ;;;;;; (15192 12248))
16368 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
16369
16370 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
16371 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
16372
16373 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
16374 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
16375 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
16376 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
16377 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
16378
16379 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
16380 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
16381 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
16382 if it matches the first line of the file,
16383 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
16384
16385 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
16386 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
16387 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
16388 if the variable is non-nil.")
16389
16390 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
16391 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
16392
16393 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
16394 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
16395 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16396 See the documentation of that variable.")
16397
16398 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
16399 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
16400 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16401 See the documentation of that variable.")
16402
16403 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
16404 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
16405 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16406 See the documentation of that variable.")
16407
16408 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
16409 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
16410 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
16411 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
16412
16413 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
16414 *User defined LaTeX block names.
16415 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
16416
16417 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
16418 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
16419 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16420 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
16421
16422 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
16423 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16424 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16425 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
16426
16427 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
16428 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
16429 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16430 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
16431
16432 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
16433 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
16434 for example,
16435
16436 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16437 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
16438
16439 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
16440 use.")
16441
16442 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
16443 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
16444 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16445 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
16446
16447 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
16448 window system being used. For example,
16449
16450 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
16451 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
16452
16453 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
16454 otherwise.")
16455
16456 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
16457 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
16458 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
16459
16460 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
16461 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
16462 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
16463 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
16464 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
16465
16466 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
16467 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
16468
16469 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
16470 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
16471
16472 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16473 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
16474 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
16475 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
16476 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
16477 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
16478 says which mode to use." t nil)
16479
16480 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
16481
16482 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
16483
16484 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
16485
16486 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16487 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
16488 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
16489 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
16490 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
16491
16492 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
16493 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
16494 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
16495 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
16496 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
16497 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
16498 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
16499
16500 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
16501 mismatched $'s or braces.
16502
16503 Special commands:
16504 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
16505
16506 Mode variables:
16507 tex-run-command
16508 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16509 tex-directory
16510 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
16511 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16512 tex-dvi-print-command
16513 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16514 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16515 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
16516 argument) to print a .dvi file.
16517 tex-dvi-view-command
16518 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
16519 tex-show-queue-command
16520 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
16521 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
16522
16523 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
16524 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
16525 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
16526
16527 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16528 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
16529 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
16530 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
16531 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
16532
16533 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
16534 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
16535 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
16536 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
16537 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
16538 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
16539 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
16540
16541 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
16542 mismatched $'s or braces.
16543
16544 Special commands:
16545 \\{latex-mode-map}
16546
16547 Mode variables:
16548 latex-run-command
16549 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16550 tex-directory
16551 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
16552 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16553 tex-dvi-print-command
16554 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16555 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16556 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
16557 argument) to print a .dvi file.
16558 tex-dvi-view-command
16559 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
16560 tex-show-queue-command
16561 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
16562 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
16563
16564 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
16565 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
16566 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
16567
16568 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16569 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
16570 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
16571 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
16572 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
16573
16574 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
16575 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
16576 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
16577 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
16578 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
16579 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
16580 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
16581
16582 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
16583 mismatched $'s or braces.
16584
16585 Special commands:
16586 \\{slitex-mode-map}
16587
16588 Mode variables:
16589 slitex-run-command
16590 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16591 tex-directory
16592 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
16593 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16594 tex-dvi-print-command
16595 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16596 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16597 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
16598 argument) to print a .dvi file.
16599 tex-dvi-view-command
16600 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
16601 tex-show-queue-command
16602 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
16603 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
16604
16605 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
16606 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
16607 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
16608 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
16609
16610 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
16611
16612 ;;;***
16613 \f
16614 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
16615 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15192 12249))
16616 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
16617
16618 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
16619 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
16620 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
16621 name specified in the @setfilename command.
16622
16623 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
16624 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
16625 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
16626
16627 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
16628 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
16629 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
16630 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
16631 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
16632
16633 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
16634 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
16635 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
16636 names specified in the @setfilename command.
16637
16638 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
16639 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
16640 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
16641 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
16642
16643 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
16644 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
16645
16646 ;;;***
16647 \f
16648 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
16649 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15319 49209))
16650 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
16651
16652 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
16653 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
16654
16655 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
16656 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
16657
16658 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
16659 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
16660
16661 It has these extra commands:
16662 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
16663
16664 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
16665 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
16666 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
16667 modified version of TeX input format.
16668
16669 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
16670 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
16671 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
16672 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
16673
16674 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
16675 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
16676 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
16677 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
16678 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
16679 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
16680 in the Texinfo file.
16681
16682 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
16683 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
16684 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
16685 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
16686 move forward past the closing brace.
16687
16688 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
16689 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
16690
16691 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
16692 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
16693 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
16694
16695 Here are the functions:
16696
16697 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
16698 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
16699 texinfo-sequential-node-update
16700
16701 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
16702 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
16703 texinfo-master-menu
16704
16705 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
16706
16707 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
16708 which menu descriptions are indented.
16709
16710 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
16711 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
16712 in the region.
16713
16714 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
16715 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
16716 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
16717 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
16718
16719 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
16720 be the first node in the file.
16721
16722 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
16723 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
16724
16725 ;;;***
16726 \f
16727 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
16728 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
16729 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15192 12234))
16730 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
16731
16732 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
16733 Compose Thai characters in the region.
16734 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16735 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
16736
16737 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
16738 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
16739
16740 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
16741 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
16742
16743 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
16744
16745 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
16746 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
16747 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16748 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16749 to compose.
16750
16751 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
16752
16753 ;;;***
16754 \f
16755 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
16756 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
16757 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15192 12218))
16758 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
16759
16760 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
16761 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
16762
16763 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
16764 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
16765 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
16766 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
16767 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
16768
16769 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
16770 a symbol as a valid THING.
16771
16772 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
16773 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
16774
16775 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
16776 Return the THING at point.
16777 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
16778 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
16779 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
16780
16781 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
16782 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
16783
16784 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16785
16786 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16787
16788 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16789
16790 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16791
16792 ;;;***
16793 \f
16794 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
16795 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
16796 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
16797 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
16798 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (15192
16799 ;;;;;; 12234))
16800 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
16801
16802 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
16803 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
16804 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
16805
16806 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
16807 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
16808
16809 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
16810 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
16811 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
16812
16813 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
16814 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
16815
16816 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
16817 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
16818
16819 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
16820 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
16821 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
16822 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil)
16823
16824 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
16825 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
16826 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
16827 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil)
16828
16829 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16830
16831 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
16832 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
16833 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
16834
16835 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
16836 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
16837 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
16838
16839 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16840
16841 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16842
16843 ;;;***
16844 \f
16845 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
16846 ;;;;;; (15223 37897))
16847 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
16848
16849 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
16850 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
16851 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
16852 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
16853 parameters.
16854 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
16855
16856 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
16857 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
16858 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
16859 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
16860 parameters.
16861 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
16862
16863 ;;;***
16864 \f
16865 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
16866 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15223 37890))
16867 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
16868
16869 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
16870 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
16871
16872 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
16873 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
16874 This display updates automatically every minute.
16875 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
16876 are displayed as well.
16877 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
16878
16879 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
16880 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
16881 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16882 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16883 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
16884
16885 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16886
16887 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
16888
16889 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
16890 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
16891 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
16892
16893 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
16894 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
16895 are displayed as well.
16896 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
16897
16898 ;;;***
16899 \f
16900 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "gnus/time-date.el"
16901 ;;;;;; (15192 12231))
16902 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/time-date.el
16903
16904 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
16905 Convert DATE into time." nil nil)
16906
16907 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
16908 Parse DATE and return a time structure.
16909 If DATE is malformed, a zero time will be returned." nil nil)
16910
16911 ;;;***
16912 \f
16913 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
16914 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15278 57814))
16915 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
16916
16917 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
16918 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
16919 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
16920 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
16921 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
16922 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
16923 look like one of the following:
16924 Time-stamp: <>
16925 Time-stamp: \" \"
16926 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
16927 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
16928 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
16929 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
16930 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
16931 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
16932 template." t nil)
16933
16934 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
16935 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
16936 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
16937
16938 ;;;***
16939 \f
16940 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
16941 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
16942 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
16943 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
16944 ;;;;;; (15122 26745))
16945 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
16946
16947 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
16948 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
16949 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
16950 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
16951 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
16952 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
16953 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
16954 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
16955
16956 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
16957 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
16958 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
16959 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
16960 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
16961 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
16962 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
16963 this function is called within a day.
16964
16965 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
16966 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
16967 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
16968 discover the name of the project." t nil)
16969
16970 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
16971 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
16972 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
16973 begun during the last time segment.
16974
16975 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
16976 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
16977 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
16978 discover the reason." t nil)
16979
16980 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
16981 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
16982
16983 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
16984 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
16985 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
16986 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
16987 project you were working on." t nil)
16988
16989 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
16990 Ask the user before clocking out.
16991 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
16992
16993 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
16994 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
16995 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
16996
16997 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
16998 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
16999 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
17000 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
17001 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
17002 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
17003
17004 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
17005 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
17006 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
17007 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
17008
17009 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
17010 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
17011 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
17012 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
17013 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
17014 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
17015 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
17016 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
17017 non-nil." t nil)
17018
17019 ;;;***
17020 \f
17021 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
17022 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
17023 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15297 22176))
17024 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
17025
17026 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
17027
17028 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
17029 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
17030
17031 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
17032 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
17033
17034 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
17035 Perform an action at time TIME.
17036 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
17037 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
17038 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
17039 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
17040 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
17041 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17042
17043 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17044
17045 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
17046 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
17047 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
17048 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
17049 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17050
17051 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17052
17053 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
17054 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
17055 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
17056 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
17057
17058 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
17059 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
17060 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
17061 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
17062
17063 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
17064 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
17065
17066 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
17067 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
17068
17069 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
17070 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
17071 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
17072 The call should look like:
17073 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
17074 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
17075 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
17076 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
17077 be detected." nil (quote macro))
17078
17079 ;;;***
17080 \f
17081 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
17082 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15192 12233))
17083 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
17084
17085 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
17086 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
17087 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
17088 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
17089
17090 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
17091 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
17092 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
17093 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
17094 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
17095 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
17096 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
17097
17098 ;;;***
17099 \f
17100 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
17101 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15122 26744))
17102 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
17103 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
17104 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
17105 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
17106
17107 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
17108 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
17109 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
17110 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
17111 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
17112
17113 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
17114 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
17115 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
17116 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
17117 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
17118
17119 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
17120 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
17121 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
17122 in the menu in two ways:
17123 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
17124 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
17125 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
17126
17127 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
17128 keymap or an alist of alists.
17129 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
17130 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
17131
17132 ;;;***
17133 \f
17134 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
17135 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
17136 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15192 12221))
17137 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
17138
17139 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
17140 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil)
17141
17142 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
17143 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil)
17144
17145 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
17146 Insert new TODO list entry.
17147 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
17148 category." t nil)
17149
17150 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
17151 List top priorities for each category.
17152
17153 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
17154 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
17155
17156 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
17157 between each category." t nil)
17158
17159 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
17160 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
17161 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
17162 between each category.
17163
17164 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
17165
17166 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
17167 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
17168
17169 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
17170
17171 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
17172 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
17173
17174 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
17175 Show TODO list." t nil)
17176
17177 ;;;***
17178 \f
17179 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-add-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item
17180 ;;;;;; tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15247 16242))
17181 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
17182
17183 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
17184 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
17185 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17186 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17187 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
17188
17189 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17190
17191 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
17192
17193 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
17194 Toggle use of the tool bar.
17195 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
17196
17197 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
17198 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
17199
17200 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
17201 Add an item to the tool bar.
17202 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
17203 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
17204 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
17205 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
17206
17207 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
17208 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
17209 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
17210
17211 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
17212 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
17213 function." nil nil)
17214
17215 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
17216 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
17217 The binding of COMMAND is looked up in the menu bar in MAP (default
17218 `global-map') and modified to add an image specification for ICON, which
17219 is looked for as by `tool-bar-add-item'.
17220 MAP must contain an appropriate keymap bound to `[menu-bar]'.
17221 PROPS is a list of additional properties to add to the binding.
17222
17223 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
17224 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
17225 function." nil nil)
17226
17227 ;;;***
17228 \f
17229 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
17230 ;;;;;; (15317 28321))
17231 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
17232
17233 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
17234 Mode for tooltip display.
17235 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
17236
17237 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
17238 Toggle tooltip-mode.
17239 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17240 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
17241
17242 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17243
17244 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
17245
17246 ;;;***
17247 \f
17248 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15299
17249 ;;;;;; 63969))
17250 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
17251
17252 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
17253
17254 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
17255
17256 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
17257 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
17258
17259 ;;;***
17260 \f
17261 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
17262 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15192 12224))
17263 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
17264
17265 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
17266 Set scroll margins." t nil)
17267
17268 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
17269 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
17270
17271 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
17272 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
17273
17274 ;;;***
17275 \f
17276 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15297 22178))
17277 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
17278
17279 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
17280 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
17281 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
17282 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
17283 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
17284
17285 ;;;***
17286 \f
17287 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
17288 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14588 50057))
17289 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
17290
17291 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
17292 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
17293
17294 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
17295 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
17296 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
17297 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
17298 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
17299 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
17300 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
17301 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
17302
17303 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
17304 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
17305 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
17306 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
17307 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
17308 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
17309 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
17310
17311 ;;;***
17312 \f
17313 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
17314 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15306 37172))
17315 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
17316 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
17317 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
17318 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
17319
17320 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
17321 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
17322 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
17323 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
17324 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
17325 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
17326 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
17327
17328 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
17329 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
17330 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
17331 accepting the proposed default buffer.
17332
17333 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
17334
17335 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
17336 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
17337 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
17338 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
17339 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
17340 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
17341 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
17342
17343 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
17344 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
17345
17346 First column's text sSs Second column's text
17347 \\___/\\
17348 / \\
17349 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
17350
17351 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
17352
17353 ;;;***
17354 \f
17355 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
17356 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
17357 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
17358 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14891 28342))
17359 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
17360
17361 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
17362 Toggle typing break mode.
17363 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
17364 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17365 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
17366
17367 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17368
17369 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
17370
17371 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
17372 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
17373
17374 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
17375 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
17376
17377 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
17378 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
17379 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
17380
17381 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
17382 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
17383
17384 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
17385 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
17386 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
17387
17388 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
17389 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
17390 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
17391 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
17392 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
17393 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
17394
17395 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
17396 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
17397 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
17398 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
17399
17400 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
17401 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
17402
17403 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
17404 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
17405
17406 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
17407 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
17408 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
17409
17410 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
17411 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
17412 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
17413 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
17414 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
17415 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
17416 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
17417
17418 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
17419 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
17420
17421 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
17422 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
17423 reset the keystroke counter.
17424
17425 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
17426 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
17427 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
17428 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
17429
17430 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
17431 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
17432 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
17433 `type-break-schedule' command.
17434
17435 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
17436 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
17437 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
17438 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
17439 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
17440 or not to continue.
17441
17442 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
17443 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
17444 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
17445 approximate good values for this.
17446
17447 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
17448 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
17449
17450 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
17451 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
17452 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
17453 `type-break-warning-repeat'
17454 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
17455 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
17456
17457 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
17458 a typing break occur. They include:
17459
17460 `type-break-query-mode'
17461 `type-break-query-function'
17462 `type-break-query-interval'
17463
17464 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
17465
17466 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
17467 Take a typing break.
17468
17469 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
17470 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
17471
17472 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
17473 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
17474
17475 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
17476 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
17477 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
17478 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
17479
17480 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
17481 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
17482
17483 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
17484 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
17485 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
17486 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
17487 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
17488 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
17489 average typing speed.)
17490
17491 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
17492 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
17493 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
17494 the computed maximum threshold.
17495
17496 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
17497 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
17498 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
17499 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
17500 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
17501
17502 ;;;***
17503 \f
17504 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
17505 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15192 12249))
17506 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
17507
17508 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
17509 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
17510 Works by overstriking underscores.
17511 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17512 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
17513
17514 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
17515 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
17516 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17517 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
17518
17519 ;;;***
17520 \f
17521 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
17522 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
17523 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
17524
17525 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
17526 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
17527 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
17528
17529 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
17530 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
17531 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
17532 following the containing message." t nil)
17533
17534 ;;;***
17535 \f
17536 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
17537 ;;;;;; (15223 37897))
17538 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
17539
17540 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
17541 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
17542 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
17543 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
17544 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
17545 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
17546
17547 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
17548 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
17549
17550 ;;;***
17551 \f
17552 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
17553 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399))
17554 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
17555
17556 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
17557 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
17558 This function has a choice of three things to do:
17559 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
17560 to refrain from editing the file
17561 return t (grab the lock on the file)
17562 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
17563 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
17564 in any way you like." nil nil)
17565
17566 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
17567 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
17568 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
17569 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
17570 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
17571
17572 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
17573 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
17574
17575 ;;;***
17576 \f
17577 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
17578 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15192 12231))
17579 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
17580
17581 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
17582 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
17583 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
17584 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
17585
17586 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
17587 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
17588 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
17589
17590 ;;;***
17591 \f
17592 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
17593 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer
17594 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot vc-directory
17595 ;;;;;; vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
17596 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
17597 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook)
17598 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (15317 28321))
17599 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
17600
17601 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
17602 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a file has been checked out.
17603 See `run-hooks'.")
17604
17605 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
17606 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
17607 See `run-hooks'.")
17608
17609 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
17610 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
17611 See `run-hooks'.")
17612
17613 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
17614 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary and execute the body.
17615 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
17616 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
17617 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
17618 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
17619
17620 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
17621 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
17622 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
17623 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
17624 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
17625
17626 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
17627 Execute a version control command, notifying user and checking for errors.
17628 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
17629 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
17630 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
17631 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
17632 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
17633 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
17634 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
17635 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
17636 that is inserted into the command line before the filename." nil nil)
17637
17638 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
17639 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
17640
17641 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
17642 it will operate on the file in the current line.
17643
17644 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
17645 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
17646 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
17647 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
17648 lock steals will raise an error.
17649
17650 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
17651
17652 For RCS and SCCS files:
17653 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
17654 control.
17655 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
17656 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
17657 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
17658 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
17659 it performs a revert.
17660 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
17661 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
17662 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
17663 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
17664 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
17665 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
17666 the option to steal the lock.
17667
17668 For CVS files:
17669 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
17670 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
17671 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
17672 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
17673 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
17674 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
17675 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
17676 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
17677 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
17678
17679 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
17680 Register the current file into a version control system.
17681 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
17682 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
17683
17684 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
17685 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
17686 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
17687 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
17688 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
17689 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
17690
17691 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
17692 Display diffs between file versions.
17693 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
17694 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
17695 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
17696 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
17697
17698 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
17699 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
17700 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
17701 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
17702
17703 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
17704 Insert headers in a file for use with your version control system.
17705 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
17706 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
17707
17708 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
17709 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
17710 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
17711 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
17712 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
17713 from the current branch.
17714
17715 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
17716
17717 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
17718 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
17719 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
17720
17721 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
17722 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
17723
17724 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
17725
17726 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
17727 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
17728
17729 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
17730 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
17731 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
17732 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
17733 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
17734 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
17735
17736 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
17737 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
17738 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
17739 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
17740 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
17741 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
17742
17743 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
17744 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
17745
17746 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
17747 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
17748 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
17749 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
17750 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
17751
17752 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
17753 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
17754 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
17755
17756 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
17757 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
17758 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
17759 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
17760 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
17761 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
17762 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument." t nil)
17763
17764 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
17765 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
17766 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
17767 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
17768 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
17769 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
17770 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
17771 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
17772 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)" nil nil)
17773
17774 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
17775 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
17776
17777 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
17778 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
17779 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
17780 directory.
17781
17782 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
17783
17784 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
17785 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
17786 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
17787
17788 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
17789 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
17790
17791 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
17792 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
17793
17794 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
17795 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
17796 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
17797 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
17798 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
17799 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
17800
17801 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
17802 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
17803 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
17804 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
17805 you are prompted for a stretch factor for the time scale. This makes
17806 the color range cover a time span longer or shorter than the default
17807 of one year. For example, a factor of 0.1 means that the range from
17808 red to blue stands for the past 36 days only, and everything that is
17809 older than that is shown in blue.
17810
17811 Customization variables:
17812
17813 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
17814 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
17815 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
17816 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
17817
17818 ;;;***
17819 \f
17820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15317 28321))
17821 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
17822 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
17823 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
17824 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
17825 (require 'vc-cvs)
17826 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
17827
17828 ;;;***
17829 \f
17830 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
17831 ;;;;;; (15244 62593))
17832 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
17833
17834 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
17835 *Where to look for RCS master files.
17836 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
17837
17838 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
17839
17840 ;;;***
17841 \f
17842 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
17843 ;;;;;; (15244 62593))
17844 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
17845
17846 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
17847 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
17848 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
17849
17850 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
17851
17852 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
17853 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
17854 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
17855 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
17856
17857 ;;;***
17858 \f
17859 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
17860 ;;;;;; (14385 23382))
17861 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
17862
17863 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
17864 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
17865
17866 Usage:
17867 ------
17868
17869 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
17870 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
17871 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
17872 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
17873 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
17874 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
17875 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
17876 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
17877 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
17878 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
17879 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
17880 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
17881 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
17882 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
17883 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
17884 The following abbreviations can also be used:
17885 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
17886 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
17887 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
17888
17889 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
17890 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
17891 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
17892
17893 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
17894 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
17895 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
17896 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
17897 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
17898 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
17899 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
17900 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
17901 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
17902
17903 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
17904 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
17905 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
17906 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
17907 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
17908 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
17909 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
17910 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
17911
17912 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
17913 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
17914 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
17915
17916 - COMMENTS:
17917 `--' puts a single comment.
17918 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
17919 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
17920 comment in between.
17921 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
17922 following lines.
17923 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
17924 uncomments a region if already commented out.
17925
17926 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
17927 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
17928 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
17929 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
17930 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
17931 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
17932 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
17933 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
17934 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
17935 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
17936 multi-line comments.
17937
17938 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
17939 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
17940 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
17941 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
17942 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
17943 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
17944 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
17945 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
17946 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
17947
17948 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
17949 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
17950 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
17951 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
17952 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
17953 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
17954 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
17955 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
17956 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
17957 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
17958
17959 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
17960 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
17961 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
17962 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
17963 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
17964 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
17965 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
17966 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
17967 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
17968 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
17969 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
17970 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
17971 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
17972
17973 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
17974
17975 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
17976 menu).
17977
17978 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
17979
17980 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
17981 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
17982 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
17983 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
17984 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
17985
17986 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
17987 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
17988 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
17989 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
17990 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
17991 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
17992 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
17993 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
17994 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
17995
17996 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
17997 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
17998 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
17999 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
18000 specified.
18001
18002 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
18003 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
18004 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
18005 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
18006 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
18007 the current directory for VHDL source files.
18008
18009 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
18010 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
18011 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
18012 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
18013 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
18014 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
18015 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
18016 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
18017 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
18018 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
18019 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
18020
18021 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
18022 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
18023 Math Packages.
18024
18025 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
18026 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
18027 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
18028 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
18029 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
18030 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
18031 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
18032 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
18033
18034 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
18035 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
18036 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
18037 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
18038 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
18039 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
18040
18041 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
18042 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
18043 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
18044 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
18045 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
18046
18047 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
18048 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
18049 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
18050 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
18051 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
18052
18053 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
18054 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
18055 highlighted if written in lower case.
18056
18057 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
18058 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
18059 is non-nil.
18060
18061 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
18062 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
18063 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
18064
18065 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
18066 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
18067 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
18068
18069 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
18070 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
18071 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
18072
18073 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
18074 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
18075 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
18076 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
18077 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
18078 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
18079 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
18080
18081 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
18082 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
18083 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
18084 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
18085 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
18086
18087 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
18088 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
18089 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
18090 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
18091
18092 - HINTS:
18093 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
18094
18095
18096 Maintenance:
18097 ------------
18098
18099 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
18100 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
18101
18102 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
18103
18104 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
18105 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
18106 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
18107 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
18108
18109 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
18110 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
18111 version and release notes can be found.
18112
18113
18114 Bugs and Limitations:
18115 ---------------------
18116
18117 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
18118 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
18119 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
18120 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
18121 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
18122 does not work under XEmacs.
18123
18124
18125 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
18126 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
18127
18128 Key bindings:
18129 -------------
18130
18131 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
18132
18133 ;;;***
18134 \f
18135 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15192 12224))
18136 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
18137
18138 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
18139 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
18140 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
18141 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
18142
18143 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
18144 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
18145 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
18146 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
18147 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
18148
18149 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
18150 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
18151
18152 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
18153
18154 * Limitations and unsupported features
18155 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
18156 not supported.
18157 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
18158 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
18159
18160 * Modifications
18161 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
18162 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
18163 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
18164 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
18165 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
18166 for undoing a repeated change command.
18167 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
18168 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
18169 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
18170
18171 * Extensions
18172 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
18173 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
18174 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
18175 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
18176 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
18177 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
18178 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
18179 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
18180
18181 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
18182
18183 ;;;***
18184 \f
18185 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
18186 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
18187 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
18188 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15192 12234))
18189 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
18190
18191 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
18192 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
18193
18194 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
18195 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
18196 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18197 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
18198
18199 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
18200 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
18201
18202 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
18203 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
18204 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18205 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
18206
18207 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
18208 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
18209
18210 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
18211
18212 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
18213
18214 ;;;***
18215 \f
18216 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
18217 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
18218 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (15254
18219 ;;;;;; 8041))
18220 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
18221
18222 (defvar view-mode nil "\
18223 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
18224 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
18225 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
18226
18227 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
18228
18229 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
18230 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
18231 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18232 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18233 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18234 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18235 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18236
18237 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18238
18239 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
18240 View FILE in View mode in another window.
18241 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
18242 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18243 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18244 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18245 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18246 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18247
18248 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18249
18250 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
18251 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
18252 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
18253 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18254 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18255 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18256 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18257 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18258
18259 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18260
18261 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
18262 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
18263 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18264 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18265 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18266 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18267 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18268
18269 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18270
18271 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18272 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18273 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18274
18275 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
18276 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
18277 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
18278 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18279 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18280 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18281 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18282 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18283
18284 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18285
18286 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18287 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18288 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18289
18290 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
18291 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
18292 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
18293 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
18294 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
18295 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
18296 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
18297 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18298
18299 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
18300
18301 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
18302 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
18303 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
18304
18305 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
18306 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
18307 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
18308
18309 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
18310 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
18311 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
18312 read-only.
18313 \\<view-mode-map>
18314 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
18315 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
18316 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
18317 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
18318 commands default to a repeat count of one.
18319
18320 H, h, ? This message.
18321 Digits provide prefix arguments.
18322 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
18323 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
18324 > move to the end of buffer.
18325 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
18326 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
18327 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
18328 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
18329 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
18330 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
18331 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
18332 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
18333 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
18334 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
18335 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
18336 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
18337 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
18338 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
18339 Use this to view a changing file.
18340 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
18341 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
18342 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
18343 . set the mark.
18344 x exchanges point and mark.
18345 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
18346 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
18347 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
18348 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
18349 ' go to position saved in character register.
18350 s do forward incremental search.
18351 r do reverse incremental search.
18352 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
18353 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
18354 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
18355 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
18356 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
18357 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
18358 p searches backward for last regular expression.
18359 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
18360 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
18361 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
18362 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
18363 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
18364 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
18365 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
18366 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
18367
18368 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
18369 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
18370 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
18371 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
18372 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
18373 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
18374 will return to that buffer.
18375
18376 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18377
18378 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
18379 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
18380 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
18381 `view-return-to-alist'.
18382 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
18383 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
18384 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
18385
18386 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
18387 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
18388 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
18389 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
18390 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
18391 1) nil Do nothing.
18392 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
18393 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
18394 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
18395 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
18396
18397 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18398
18399 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
18400
18401 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
18402 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
18403
18404 ;;;***
18405 \f
18406 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15192 12224))
18407 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
18408
18409 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
18410 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
18411
18412 ;;;***
18413 \f
18414 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
18415 ;;;;;; (15260 46307))
18416 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
18417
18418 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
18419 Toggle Viper on/off.
18420 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
18421
18422 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
18423 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
18424
18425 ;;;***
18426 \f
18427 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15192 12237))
18428 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
18429
18430 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
18431 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
18432
18433 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
18434 hotlist.
18435
18436 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
18437 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
18438
18439 ;;;***
18440 \f
18441 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el"
18442 ;;;;;; (15192 12219))
18443 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
18444
18445 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
18446
18447 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
18448 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
18449 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18450 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18451 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
18452
18453 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18454
18455 (custom-add-load (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func))
18456
18457 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
18458 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
18459 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
18460 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
18461
18462 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
18463 and off otherwise." t nil)
18464
18465 ;;;***
18466 \f
18467 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-write-file-hook
18468 ;;;;;; whitespace-global-mode whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
18469 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check
18470 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check whitespace-toggle-indent-check
18471 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-trailing-check whitespace-toggle-leading-check)
18472 ;;;;;; "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (15234 20126))
18473 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
18474
18475 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
18476 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer." t nil)
18477
18478 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
18479 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer." t nil)
18480
18481 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
18482 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer." t nil)
18483
18484 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
18485 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer." t nil)
18486
18487 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
18488 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer." t nil)
18489
18490 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
18491 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
18492 These are:
18493 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
18494 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
18495 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
18496 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
18497 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
18498
18499 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
18500 and:
18501 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
18502 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
18503
18504 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
18505 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
18506
18507 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
18508 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
18509
18510 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
18511 whitespace problems." t nil)
18512
18513 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
18514 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
18515
18516 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
18517 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
18518
18519 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18520 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
18521 \(which see).")
18522
18523 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18524
18525 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
18526
18527 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
18528 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
18529 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
18530
18531 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
18532 `find-file-hooks' and `kill-buffer-hook'." t nil)
18533
18534 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
18535 The local-write-file-hook to be called on the buffer when
18536 whitespace check is enabled." t nil)
18537
18538 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
18539 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
18540
18541 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
18542 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
18543
18544 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
18545 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
18546 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
18547 replaced with TABS).
18548 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
18549 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
18550
18551 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
18552
18553 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
18554 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
18555
18556 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
18557 i - Indentation whitespace.
18558 l - Leading whitespace.
18559 s - Space followed by Tab.
18560 t - Trailing whitespace.
18561
18562 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
18563 !<y>.
18564
18565 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
18566 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
18567 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
18568 always they default to 8.)
18569
18570 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
18571 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
18572 even print it.
18573
18574 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
18575 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
18576 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
18577 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
18578 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
18579 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
18580 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
18581 to set smarttab.)
18582
18583 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
18584 merge problems.
18585
18586 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
18587 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
18588 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
18589
18590 ;;;***
18591 \f
18592 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
18593 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15192 12219))
18594 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
18595
18596 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
18597 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
18598
18599 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
18600 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
18601
18602 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
18603 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
18604
18605 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
18606 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
18607 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
18608
18609 ;;;***
18610 \f
18611 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
18612 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15315 52173))
18613 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
18614
18615 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
18616 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
18617 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
18618
18619 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
18620 Create widget of TYPE.
18621 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
18622
18623 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
18624 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
18625
18626 ;;;***
18627 \f
18628 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
18629 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15297
18630 ;;;;;; 22176))
18631 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
18632
18633 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
18634 Select the window to the left of the current one.
18635 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
18636 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
18637 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
18638 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
18639 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18640
18641 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
18642 Select the window above the current one.
18643 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
18644 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
18645 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
18646 negative ARG) of the current window.
18647 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18648
18649 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
18650 Select the window to the right of the current one.
18651 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
18652 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
18653 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
18654 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
18655 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18656
18657 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
18658 Select the window below the current one.
18659 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
18660 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
18661 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
18662 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
18663 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18664
18665 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
18666 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
18667
18668 ;;;***
18669 \f
18670 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
18671 ;;;;;; (15185 36001))
18672 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
18673
18674 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
18675 Toggle winner-mode.
18676 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18677 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
18678
18679 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18680
18681 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
18682
18683 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
18684 Toggle Winner mode.
18685 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
18686
18687 ;;;***
18688 \f
18689 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
18690 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (15297 22176))
18691 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
18692
18693 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
18694 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
18695 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
18696 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
18697 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
18698 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
18699 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
18700 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
18701
18702 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
18703 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
18704
18705 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
18706 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
18707
18708 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
18709 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
18710 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
18711 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
18712 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
18713 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
18714 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
18715 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
18716
18717 ;;;***
18718 \f
18719 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
18720 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
18721 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
18722
18723 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
18724 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
18725
18726 BUGS:
18727 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
18728 are not implemented
18729 - Options for search and replace
18730 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
18731 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
18732
18733 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
18734 Emacs-like.
18735
18736 The key bindings are:
18737
18738 C-a backward-word
18739 C-b fill-paragraph
18740 C-c scroll-up-line
18741 C-d forward-char
18742 C-e previous-line
18743 C-f forward-word
18744 C-g delete-char
18745 C-h backward-char
18746 C-i indent-for-tab-command
18747 C-j help-for-help
18748 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
18749 C-l ws-repeat-search
18750 C-n open-line
18751 C-p quoted-insert
18752 C-r scroll-down-line
18753 C-s backward-char
18754 C-t kill-word
18755 C-u keyboard-quit
18756 C-v overwrite-mode
18757 C-w scroll-down
18758 C-x next-line
18759 C-y kill-complete-line
18760 C-z scroll-up
18761
18762 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
18763 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
18764 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
18765 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
18766 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
18767 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
18768 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
18769 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
18770 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
18771 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
18772 C-k b ws-begin-block
18773 C-k c ws-copy-block
18774 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
18775 C-k f find-file
18776 C-k h ws-show-markers
18777 C-k i ws-indent-block
18778 C-k k ws-end-block
18779 C-k p ws-print-block
18780 C-k q kill-emacs
18781 C-k r insert-file
18782 C-k s save-some-buffers
18783 C-k t ws-mark-word
18784 C-k u ws-exdent-block
18785 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
18786 C-k v ws-move-block
18787 C-k w ws-write-block
18788 C-k x kill-emacs
18789 C-k y ws-delete-block
18790
18791 C-o c wordstar-center-line
18792 C-o b switch-to-buffer
18793 C-o j justify-current-line
18794 C-o k kill-buffer
18795 C-o l list-buffers
18796 C-o m auto-fill-mode
18797 C-o r set-fill-column
18798 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
18799 C-o wd delete-other-windows
18800 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
18801 C-o wo other-window
18802 C-o wv split-window-vertically
18803
18804 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
18805 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
18806 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
18807 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
18808 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
18809 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
18810 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
18811 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
18812 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
18813 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
18814 C-q a ws-query-replace
18815 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
18816 C-q c end-of-buffer
18817 C-q d end-of-line
18818 C-q f ws-search
18819 C-q k ws-to-block-end
18820 C-q l ws-undo
18821 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
18822 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
18823 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
18824 C-q w ws-last-error
18825 C-q y ws-kill-eol
18826 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
18827 " t nil)
18828
18829 ;;;***
18830 \f
18831 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (15199
18832 ;;;;;; 61891))
18833 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
18834
18835 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
18836 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
18837 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
18838
18839 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
18840
18841 ;;;***
18842 \f
18843 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
18844 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (14810 62720))
18845 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
18846
18847 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
18848 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
18849
18850 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
18851 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
18852
18853 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
18854 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
18855 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
18856
18857 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
18858 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
18859
18860 ;;;***
18861 \f
18862 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15214 18673))
18863 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
18864
18865 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
18866 Zone out, completely." t nil)
18867
18868 ;;;***
18869 \f
18870 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
18871 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15192 12237))
18872 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
18873
18874 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
18875 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
18876
18877 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
18878 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
18879
18880 Zone-mode does two things:
18881
18882 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
18883 when saving the file
18884
18885 - fontification" t nil)
18886
18887 ;;;***
18888 \f
18889 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "allout.el"
18890 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "byte-run.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
18891 ;;;;;; "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el"
18892 ;;;;;; "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el"
18893 ;;;;;; "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lock.el"
18894 ;;;;;; "finder-inf.el" "float-sup.el" "foldout.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el"
18895 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "generic-x.el" "indent.el" "kermit.el" "map-ynp.el"
18896 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
18897 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "regi.el" "register.el"
18898 ;;;;;; "s-region.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el"
18899 ;;;;;; "tcp.el" "tempo.el" "timezone.el" "unused.el" "vc-hooks.el"
18900 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
18901 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "widget.el" "window.el" "xscheme.el"
18902 ;;;;;; "international/characters.el" "international/iso-ascii.el"
18903 ;;;;;; "international/iso-insert.el" "international/iso-swed.el"
18904 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
18905 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
18906 ;;;;;; "international/ogonek.el" "international/swedish.el" "international/utf-8.el"
18907 ;;;;;; "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
18908 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
18909 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
18910 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
18911 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
18912 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
18913 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
18914 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el"
18915 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
18916 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
18917 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
18918 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
18919 ;;;;;; "emulation/mlsupport.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
18920 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
18921 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
18922 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
18923 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
18924 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
18925 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
18926 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
18927 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el"
18928 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
18929 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
18930 ;;;;;; "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
18931 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
18932 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-draft.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
18933 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
18934 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el"
18935 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
18936 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
18937 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
18938 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
18939 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
18940 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
18941 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml.el"
18942 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
18943 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
18944 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
18945 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
18946 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el"
18947 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/parse-time.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el"
18948 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
18949 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
18950 ;;;;;; "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el"
18951 ;;;;;; "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el"
18952 ;;;;;; "language/european.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
18953 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/korean.el"
18954 ;;;;;; "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
18955 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el"
18956 ;;;;;; "language/vietnamese.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
18957 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mh-funcs.el" "mail/mh-pick.el" "mail/mh-seq.el"
18958 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/uce.el"
18959 ;;;;;; "mail/vms-pmail.el" "obsolete/c-mode.el" "obsolete/cplus-md.el"
18960 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el"
18961 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el"
18962 ;;;;;; "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el"
18963 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
18964 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-xref.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
18965 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
18966 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
18967 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el"
18968 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "term/AT386.el"
18969 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el"
18970 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el"
18971 ;;;;;; "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/sun-mouse.el"
18972 ;;;;;; "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
18973 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
18974 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
18975 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/wyse50.el"
18976 ;;;;;; "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
18977 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
18978 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
18979 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
18980 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
18981 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
18982 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
18983 ;;;;;; "bindings.el" "custom.el" "env.el" "faces.el" "files.el"
18984 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "isearch.el" "loadup.el" "menu-bar.el" "mouse.el"
18985 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "saveplace.el" "simple.el" "startup.el" "subr.el"
18986 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "version.el" "xml.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
18987 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
18988 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "international/latin-1.el"
18989 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
18990 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
18991 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "term/w32-win.el"
18992 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el")
18993 ;;;;;; (15320 23959 705052))
18994
18995 ;;;***
18996 \f
18997 ;;; Local Variables:
18998 ;;; version-control: never
18999 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
19000 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
19001 ;;; End:
19002 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here